Linux Standard Base Specification 2.0.1 Copyright ? 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Standards Group Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". Portions of the text are copyrighted by the following parties: * The Regents of the University of California * Free Software Foundation * Ian F. Darwin * Paul Vixie * BSDI (now Wind River) * Andrew G Morgan * Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler * Massachusetts Institute of Technology These excerpts are being used in accordance with their respective licenses. Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds. UNIX a registered trademark of the Open Group in the United States and other countries. LSB is a trademark of the Free Standards Group in the USA and other countries. AMD is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Intel and Itanium are registered trademarks and Intel386 is a trademarks of Intel Corporation. OpenGL is a registered trademark of Silicon Graphics, Inc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Table of Contents Foreword Introduction I. Introductory Elements 1. Scope General Module Specific Scope 2. Normative References 3. Requirements Relevant Libraries LSB Implementation Conformance LSB Application Conformance 4. Definitions 5. Terminology 6. Documentation Conventions II. Base Libraries 7. Libraries Program Interpreter Interfaces for libc Data Definitions for libc Interface Definitions for libc Interfaces for libm Data Definitions for libm Interfaces for libpthread Data Definitions for libpthread Interface Definitions for libpthread Interfaces for libgcc_s Data Definitions for libgcc_s Interfaces for libdl Data Definitions for libdl Interface Definitions for libdl Interfaces for libcrypt Interfaces for libpam Data Definitions for libpam Interface Definitions for libpam III. Utility Libraries 8. utility Libraries Interfaces for libz Data Definitions for libz Interfaces for libncurses Data Definitions for libncurses Interfaces for libutil Interface Definitions for libutil IV. Commands and Utilities 9. Commands and Utilities Commands and Utilities Command Behavior V. Execution Environment 10. File System Hierarchy /dev 11. Additional Recommendations Minimal granted Directory and File permissions Recommendations for applications on ownership and permissions 12. Additional Behaviors Mandatory Optional Behaviors 13. Localization Regular Expressions Pattern Matching Notation VI. System Initialization 14. System Initialization Cron Jobs Init Script Actions Comment Conventions for Init Scripts Installation and Removal of init.d Files Run Levels Facility Names Script Names Init Script Functions VII. Users & Groups 15. Users & Groups User and Group Database User & Group Names UID Ranges Rationale A. GNU Free Documentation License PREAMBLE APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS VERBATIM COPYING COPYING IN QUANTITY MODIFICATIONS COMBINING DOCUMENTS COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS TRANSLATION TERMINATION FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE How to use this License for your documents List of Tables 2-1. Normative References 3-1. Standard Library Names 3-2. Standard Library Names defined in the Architecture Specific Supplement 7-1. libc Definition 7-2. libc - RPC Function Interfaces 7-3. libc - System Calls Function Interfaces 7-4. libc - Standard I/O Function Interfaces 7-5. libc - Standard I/O Data Interfaces 7-6. libc - Signal Handling Function Interfaces 7-7. libc - Signal Handling Data Interfaces 7-8. libc - Localization Functions Function Interfaces 7-9. libc - Localization Functions Data Interfaces 7-10. libc - Socket Interface Function Interfaces 7-11. libc - Socket Interface Deprecated Function Interfaces 7-12. libc - Wide Characters Function Interfaces 7-13. libc - String Functions Function Interfaces 7-14. libc - IPC Functions Function Interfaces 7-15. libc - Regular Expressions Function Interfaces 7-16. libc - Regular Expressions Deprecated Function Interfaces 7-17. libc - Regular Expressions Deprecated Data Interfaces 7-18. libc - Character Type Functions Function Interfaces 7-19. libc - Time Manipulation Function Interfaces 7-20. libc - Time Manipulation Deprecated Function Interfaces 7-21. libc - Time Manipulation Data Interfaces 7-22. libc - Terminal Interface Functions Function Interfaces 7-23. libc - System Database Interface Function Interfaces 7-24. libc - Language Support Function Interfaces 7-25. libc - Large File Support Function Interfaces 7-26. libc - Standard Library Function Interfaces 7-27. libc - Standard Library Data Interfaces 7-1. Examples 7-29. libm Definition 7-30. libm - Math Function Interfaces 7-31. libm - Math Data Interfaces 7-32. libpthread Definition 7-33. libpthread - Posix Threads Function Interfaces 7-34. libgcc_s Definition 7-35. libdl Definition 7-36. libdl - Dynamic Loader Function Interfaces 7-37. libcrypt Definition 7-38. libcrypt - Encryption Function Interfaces 7-39. libpam Definition 7-40. libpam - Pluggable Authentication API Function Interfaces 8-1. libz Definition 8-2. libz - Compression Library Function Interfaces 8-3. libncurses Definition 8-4. libncurses - Curses Function Interfaces 8-5. libncurses - Curses Data Interfaces 8-6. libutil Definition 8-7. libutil - Utility Functions Function Interfaces 9-1. Commands and Utilities 9-1. Escape Sequences 15-1. Required User & Group Names 15-2. Optional User & Group Names ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Foreword This is version 2.0.1 of the Linux Standard Base Specification. An implementation of this version of the specification may not claim to be an implementation of the Linux Standard Base unless it has successfully completed the compliance process as defined by the Free Standards Group. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Introduction The LSB defines a binary interface for application programs that are compiled and packaged for LSB-conforming implementations on many different hardware architectures. Since a binary specification shall include information specific to the computer processor architecture for which it is intended, it is not possible for a single document to specify the interface for all possible LSB-conforming implementations. Therefore, the LSB is a family of specifications, rather than a single one. This document should be used in conjunction with the documents it references. This document enumerates the system components it includes, but descriptions of those components may be included entirely or partly in this document, partly in other documents, or entirely in other reference documents. For example, the section that describes system service routines includes a list of the system routines supported in this interface, formal declarations of the data structures they use that are visible to applications, and a pointer to the underlying referenced specification for information about the syntax and semantics of each call. Only those routines not described in standards referenced by this document, or extensions to those standards, are described in the detail. Information referenced in this way is as much a part of this document as is the information explicitly included here. I. Introductory Elements Table of Contents 1. Scope 2. Normative References 3. Requirements 4. Definitions 5. Terminology 6. Documentation Conventions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 1. Scope General The Linux Standard Base (LSB) defines a system interface for compiled applications and a minimal environment for support of installation scripts. Its purpose is to enable a uniform industry standard environment for high-volume applications conforming to the LSB. These specifications are composed of two basic parts: A common specification ("LSB-generic") describing those parts of the interface that remain constant across all implementations of the LSB, and an architecture-specific specification ("LSB-arch") describing the parts of the interface that vary by processor architecture. Together, the LSB-generic and the architecture-specific supplement for a single hardware architecture provide a complete interface specification for compiled application programs on systems that share a common hardware architecture. The LSB-generic document shall be used in conjunction with an architecture-specific supplement. Whenever a section of the LSB-generic specification shall be supplemented by architecture-specific information, the LSB-generic document includes a reference to the architecture supplement. Architecture supplements may also contain additional information that is not referenced in the LSB-generic document. The LSB contains both a set of Application Program Interfaces (APIs) and Application Binary Interfaces (ABIs). APIs may appear in the source code of portable applications, while the compiled binary of that application may use the larger set of ABIs. A conforming implementation shall provide all of the ABIs listed here. The compilation system may replace (e.g. by macro definition) certain APIs with calls to one or more of the underlying binary interfaces, and may insert calls to binary interfaces as needed. The LSB is primarily a binary interface definition. Not all of the source level APIs available to applications may be contained in this specification. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Module Specific Scope This is the Core module of the Linux Standards Base (LSB). This module provides the fundemental system interfaces, libraries, and runtime environment upon which all conforming applications and libraries depend. Interfaces described in this module are mandatory except where explicitly listed otherwise. Core interfaces may be supplemented by other modules; all modules are built upon the core. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 2. Normative References The specifications listed below are referenced in whole or in part by the Linux Standard Base. In this specification, where only a particular section of one of these references is identified, then the normative reference is to that section alone, and the rest of the referenced document is informative. Table 2-1. Normative References +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | Name | Title | URL | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |DWARF Debugging |DWARF Debugging Information Format, |http:// | |Information |Revision 2.0.0 (July 27, 1993) |www.eagercon.com/ | |Format | |dwarf/dwarf-2.0.0.pdf| |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |Filesystem |Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) |http:// | |Hierarchy |2.3 |www.pathname.com/fhs/| |Standard | | | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |IEEE Std 754-1985|IEEE Standard 754 for Binary |http://www.ieee.org/ | | |Floating-Point Arithmetic | | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |ISO C (1999) |ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming | | | |Languages --C | | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| | |ISO/IEC 9945-1:2003 Information | | | |technology -- Portable Operating | | | |System Interface (POSIX) -- Part 1: | | | |Base Definitions | | | | | | | |ISO/IEC 9945-2:2003 Information | | | |technology -- Portable Operating | | | |System Interface (POSIX) -- Part 2: | | | |System Interfaces |http://www.unix.org/ | |ISO POSIX (2003) | |version3/ | | |ISO/IEC 9945-3:2003 Information | | | |technology -- Portable Operating | | | |System Interface (POSIX) -- Part 3: | | | |Shell and Utilities | | | | | | | |ISO/IEC 9945-4:2003 Information | | | |technology -- Portable Operating | | | |System Interface (POSIX) -- Part 4: | | | |Rationale | | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| | | |http:// | |Large File |Large File Support |www.UNIX-systems.org/| |Support | |version2/whatsnew/ | | | |lfs20mar.html | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |Li18nux |LI18NUX 2000 Globalization |http:// | |Globalization |Specification, Version 1.0 with |www.li18nux.org/docs/| |Specification |Amendment 4 |html/ | | | |LI18NUX-2000-amd4.htm| |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |Linux Allocated | |http://www.lanana.org| |Device Registry |LINUX ALLOCATED DEVICES |/docs/device-list/ | | | |devices.txt | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| | |Open Software Foundation, Request For|http:// | |PAM |Comments: 86.0 , October 1995, V. |www.opengroup.org/ | | |Samar & R.Schemers (SunSoft) |tech/rfc/mirror-rfc/ | | | |rfc86.0.txt | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |RFC 1321: The MD5|IETF RFC 1321: The MD5 Message-Digest|http://www.ietf.org/ | |Message-Digest |Algorithm |rfc/rfc1321.txt | |Algorithm | | | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |RFC 1833: Binding|IETF RFC 1833: Binding Protocols for |http://www.ietf.org/ | |Protocols for ONC|ONC RPC Version 2 |rfc/rfc1833.txt | |RPC Version 2 | | | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |RFC 1951: DEFLATE| | | |Compressed Data |IETF RFC 1951: DEFLATE Compressed |http://www.ietf.org/ | |Format |Data Format Specification version 1.3|rfc/rfc1951.txt | |Specification | | | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |RFC 1952: GZIP |IETF RFC 1952: GZIP file format |http://www.ietf.org/ | |File Format |specification version 4.3 |rfc/rfc1952.txt | |Specification | | | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |RFC 2440: OpenPGP|IETF RFC 2440: OpenPGP Message Format|http://www.ietf.org/ | |Message Format | |rfc/rfc2440.txt | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| | |CAE Specification, January 1997, |http:// | |SUSv2 |System Interfaces and Headers |www.opengroup.org/ | | |(XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, |publications/catalog/| | |C606) |un.htm | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| | |The Single UNIX Specification(SUS) |http:// | |SUSv2 Command and|Version 2, Commands and Utilities |www.opengroup.org/ | |Utilities |(XCU), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, |publications/catalog/| | |C604) |un.htm | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| | |American Telephone and Telegraph | | |SVID Issue 3 |Company, System V Interface | | | |Definition, Issue 3 ; Morristown, NJ,| | | |UNIX Press, 1989.(ISBN 0201566524) | | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |SVID Issue 4 |System V Interface Definition,Fourth | | | |Edition | | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| | | |http:// | |System V ABI |System V Application Binary |www.caldera.com/ | | |Interface, Edition 4.1 |developers/devspecs/ | | | |gabi41.pdf | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| | | |http:// | |System V ABI |System V Application Binary Interface|www.caldera.com/ | |Update |- DRAFT - 17 December 2003 |developers/gabi/ | | | |2003-12-17/ | | | |contents.html | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |this | |http:// | |specification |Linux Standard Base |www.linuxbase.org/ | | | |spec/ | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| | |CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open |http:// | |X/Open Curses |Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: |www.opengroup.org/ | | |1-85912-171-3, C610), plus |publications/catalog/| | |Corrigendum U018 |un.htm | |-----------------+-------------------------------------+---------------------| |zlib Manual |zlib 1.2 Manual |http://www.gzip.org/ | | | |zlib/ | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 3. Requirements Relevant Libraries The libraries listed in Table 3-1 shall be available on a Linux Standard Base system, with the specified runtime names. The libraries listed in Table 3-2 are architecture specific, but shall be available on all LSB conforming systems. This list may be supplemented or amended by the architecture-specific specification. Table 3-1. Standard Library Names +---------------------------+ | Library | Runtime Name | |----------+----------------| |libcrypt |libcrypt.so.1 | |----------+----------------| |libdl |libdl.so.2 | |----------+----------------| |libncurses|libncurses.so.5 | |----------+----------------| |libpthread|libpthread.so.0 | |----------+----------------| |libutil |libutil.so.1 | |----------+----------------| |libz |libz.so.1 | |----------+----------------| |libpam |libpam.so.0 | |----------+----------------| |libgcc_s |libgcc_s.so.1 | +---------------------------+ Table 3-2. Standard Library Names defined in the Architecture Specific Supplement +------------------------+ | Library |Runtime Name | |----------+-------------| |libc |See archLSB | |----------+-------------| |libm |See archLSB | |----------+-------------| |proginterp|See archLSB | +------------------------+ These libraries will be in an implementation-defined directory which the dynamic linker shall search by default. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LSB Implementation Conformance A conforming implementation shall satisfy the following requirements: * The implementation shall implement fully the architecture described in the hardware manual for the target processor architecture. * The implementation shall be capable of executing compiled applications having the format and using the system interfaces described in this document. * The implementation shall provide libraries containing the interfaces specified by this document, and shall provide a dynamic linking mechanism that allows these interfaces to be attached to applications at runtime. All the interfaces shall behave as specified in this document. * The map of virtual memory provided by the implementation shall conform to the requirements of this document. * The implementation's low-level behavior with respect to function call linkage, system traps, signals, and other such activities shall conform to the formats described in this document. * The implementation shall provide all of the mandatory interfaces in their entirety. * The implementation may provide one or more of the optional interfaces. Each optional interface that is provided shall be provided in its entirety. The product documentation shall state which optional interfaces are provided. * The implementation shall provide all files and utilities specified as part of this document in the format defined here and in other referenced documents. All commands and utilities shall behave as required by this document. The implementation shall also provide all mandatory components of an application's runtime environment that are included or referenced in this document. * The implementation, when provided with standard data formats and values at a named interface, shall provide the behavior defined for those values and data formats at that interface. However, a conforming implementation may consist of components which are separately packaged and/or sold. For example, a vendor of a conforming implementation might sell the hardware, operating system, and windowing system as separately packaged items. * The implementation may provide additional interfaces with different names. It may also provide additional behavior corresponding to data values outside the standard ranges, for standard named interfaces. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LSB Application Conformance A conforming application shall satisfy the following requirements: * Its executable files are either shell scripts or object files in the format defined for the Object File Format system interface. * Its object files participate in dynamic linking as defined in the Program Loading and Linking System interface. * It employs only the instructions, traps, and other low-level facilities defined in the Low-Level System interface as being for use by applications. * If it requires any optional interface defined in this document in order to be installed or to execute successfully, the requirement for that optional interface is stated in the application's documentation. * It does not use any interface or data format that is not required to be provided by a conforming implementation, unless: + If such an interface or data format is supplied by another application through direct invocation of that application during execution, that application is in turn an LSB conforming application. + The use of that interface or data format, as well as its source, is identified in the documentation of the application. * It shall not use any values for a named interface that are reserved for vendor extensions. A strictly conforming application does not require or use any interface, facility, or implementation-defined extension that is not defined in this document in order to be installed or to execute successfully. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 4. Definitions For the purposes of this document, the following definitions, as specified in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2, 2001, 4th Edition, apply: can be able to; there is a possibility of; it is possible to cannot be unable to; there is no possibilty of; it is not possible to may is permitted; is allowed; is permissible need not it is not required that; no...is required shall is to; is required to; it is required that; has to; only...is permitted; it is necessary shall not is not allowed [permitted] [acceptable] [permissible]; is required to be not; is required that...be not; is not to be should it is recommended that; ought to should not it is not recommended that; ought not to ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 5. Terminology For the purposes of this document, the following terms apply: archLSB The architectural part of the LSB Specification which describes the specific parts of the interface that are platform specific. The archLSB is complementary to the gLSB. Binary Standard The total set of interfaces that are available to be used in the compiled binary code of a conforming application. gLSB The common part of the LSB Specification that describes those parts of the interface that remain constant across all hardware implementations of the LSB. implementation-defined Describes a value or behavior that is not defined by this document but is selected by an implementor. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence of the value or behavior. An application that relies on such a value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations. The implementor shall document such a value or behavior so that it can be used correctly by an application. Shell Script A file that is read by an interpreter (e.g., awk). The first line of the shell script includes a reference to its interpreter binary. Source Standard The set of interfaces that are available to be used in the source code of a conforming application. undefined Describes the nature of a value or behavior not defined by this document which results from use of an invalid program construct or invalid data input. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence or validity of the value or behavior. An application that relies on any particular value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations. unspecified Describes the nature of a value or behavior not specified by this document which results from use of a valid program construct or valid data input. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence or validity of the value or behavior. An application that relies on any particular value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations. Other terms and definitions used in this document shall have the same meaning as defined in Chapter 3 of the Base Definitions volume of ISO POSIX (2003). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 6. Documentation Conventions Throughout this document, the following typographic conventions are used: function() the name of a function command the name of a command or utility CONSTANT a constant value parameter a parameter variable a variable Throughout this specification, several tables of interfaces are presented. Each entry in these tables has the following format: name the name of the interface (symver) An optional symbol version identifier, if required. [refno] A reference number indexing the table of referenced specifications that follows this table. For example, +----------------------+ |forkpty(GLIBC_2.0) [1]| +----------------------+ refers to the interface named forkpty with symbol version GLIBC_2.0 that is defined in the first of the listed references below the table. II. Base Libraries Table of Contents 7. Libraries ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 7. Libraries An LSB-conforming implementation shall support some base libraries which provide interfaces for accessing the operating system, processor and other hardware in the system. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Program Interpreter The Program Interpreter is specified in the appropriate architecture-specific LSB specification. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for libc Table 7-1 defines the library name and shared object name for the libc library Table 7-1. libc Definition +----------------------+ |Library:|libc | |--------+-------------| |SONAME: |See archLSB. | +----------------------+ The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications: Large File Support this specification SUSv2 ISO POSIX (2003) SVID Issue 3 SVID Issue 4 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RPC ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for RPC An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for RPC specified in Table 7-2, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-2. libc - RPC Function Interfaces +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |authnone_create |pmap_unset [2] |svcerr_weakauth |xdr_float [3] |xdr_u_char [3]| |[1] | |[3] | | | |------------------+----------------+------------------+------------------+--------------| |clnt_create [1] |setdomainname |svctcp_create [2] |xdr_free [3] |xdr_u_int [2] | | |[2] | | | | |------------------+----------------+------------------+------------------+--------------| |clnt_pcreateerror |svc_getreqset |svcudp_create [2] |xdr_int [3] |xdr_u_long [3]| |[1] |[3] | | | | |------------------+----------------+------------------+------------------+--------------| |clnt_perrno [1] |svc_register [2]|xdr_accepted_reply|xdr_long [3] |xdr_u_short | | | |[3] | |[3] | |------------------+----------------+------------------+------------------+--------------| |clnt_perror [1] |svc_run [2] |xdr_array [3] |xdr_opaque [3] |xdr_union [3] | |------------------+----------------+------------------+------------------+--------------| |clnt_spcreateerror|svc_sendreply |xdr_bool [3] |xdr_opaque_auth |xdr_vector [3]| |[1] |[2] | |[3] | | |------------------+----------------+------------------+------------------+--------------| |clnt_sperrno [1] |svcerr_auth [3] |xdr_bytes [3] |xdr_pointer [3] |xdr_void [3] | |------------------+----------------+------------------+------------------+--------------| |clnt_sperror [1] |svcerr_decode |xdr_callhdr [3] |xdr_reference [3] |xdr_wrapstring| | |[3] | | |[3] | |------------------+----------------+------------------+------------------+--------------| |getdomainname [2] |svcerr_noproc |xdr_callmsg [3] |xdr_rejected_reply|xdrmem_create | | |[3] | |[3] |[3] | |------------------+----------------+------------------+------------------+--------------| |key_decryptsession|svcerr_noprog |xdr_char [3] |xdr_replymsg [3] |xdrrec_create | |[3] |[3] | | |[3] | |------------------+----------------+------------------+------------------+--------------| |pmap_getport [2] |svcerr_progvers |xdr_double [3] |xdr_short [3] |xdrrec_eof [3]| | |[3] | | | | |------------------+----------------+------------------+------------------+--------------| |pmap_set [2] |svcerr_systemerr|xdr_enum [3] |xdr_string [3] | | | |[3] | | | | +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. SVID Issue 4 [2]. this specification [3]. SVID Issue 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- System Calls ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for System Calls An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for System Calls specified in Table 7-3, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-3. libc - System Calls Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |__fxstat [1]|fchmod [2] |getwd [2] |read [2] |setrlimit [2]| |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |__getpgid |fchown [2] |initgroups |readdir [2] |setrlimit64 | |[1] | |[1] | |[3] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |__lxstat [1]|fcntl [1] |ioctl [1] |readdir_r [2] |setsid [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |__xmknod [1]|fdatasync [2]|kill [1] |readlink [2] |setuid [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |__xstat [1] |flock [1] |killpg [2] |readv [2] |sleep [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |access [2] |fork [2] |lchown [2] |rename [2] |statvfs [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |acct [1] |fstatvfs [2] |link [2] |rmdir [2] |stime [1] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |alarm [2] |fsync [2] |lockf [2] |sbrk [4] |symlink [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |brk [4] |ftime [2] |lseek [2] |sched_get_priority_max |sync [2] | | | | |[2] | | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |chdir [2] |ftruncate [2]|mkdir [2] |sched_get_priority_min |sysconf [2] | | | | |[2] | | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |chmod [2] |getcontext |mkfifo [2] |sched_getparam [2] |time [2] | | |[2] | | | | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |chown [2] |getegid [2] |mlock [2] |sched_getscheduler [2] |times [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |chroot [4] |geteuid [2] |mlockall [2]|sched_rr_get_interval |truncate [2] | | | | |[2] | | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |clock [2] |getgid [2] |mmap [2] |sched_setparam [2] |ulimit [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |close [2] |getgroups [2]|mprotect [2]|sched_setscheduler [2] |umask [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |closedir [2]|getitimer [2]|msync [2] |sched_yield [2] |uname [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |creat [1] |getloadavg |munlock [2] |select [2] |unlink [1] | | |[1] | | | | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |dup [2] |getpagesize |munlockall |setcontext [2] |utime [2] | | |[4] |[2] | | | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |dup2 [2] |getpgid [2] |munmap [2] |setegid [2] |utimes [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |execl [2] |getpgrp [2] |nanosleep |seteuid [2] |vfork [2] | | | |[2] | | | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |execle [2] |getpid [2] |nice [2] |setgid [2] |wait [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |execlp [2] |getppid [2] |open [1] |setitimer [2] |wait3 [1] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |execv [2] |getpriority |opendir [2] |setpgid [2] |wait4 [1] | | |[2] | | | | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |execve [2] |getrlimit [2]|pathconf [2]|setpgrp [2] |waitpid [1] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |execvp [2] |getrusage [2]|pause [2] |setpriority [2] |write [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |exit [2] |getsid [2] |pipe [2] |setregid [2] |writev [2] | |------------+-------------+------------+-----------------------+-------------| |fchdir [2] |getuid [2] |poll [2] |setreuid [2] | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) [3]. Large File Support [4]. SUSv2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Standard I/O ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Standard I/O An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Standard I/O specified in Table 7-4, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-4. libc - Standard I/O Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |_IO_feof [1] |fgetpos [2] |fsetpos [2] |putchar [2] |sscanf [2] | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |_IO_getc [1] |fgets [2] |ftell [2] |putchar_unlocked|telldir [2]| | | | |[2] | | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |_IO_putc [1] |fgetwc_unlocked|ftello [2] |puts [2] |tempnam [2]| | |[1] | | | | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |_IO_puts [1] |fileno [2] |fwrite [2] |putw [3] |ungetc [2] | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |asprintf [1] |flockfile [2] |getc [2] |remove [2] |vasprintf | | | | | |[1] | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |clearerr [2] |fopen [1] |getc_unlocked |rewind [2] |vdprintf | | | |[2] | |[1] | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |ctermid [2] |fprintf [2] |getchar [2] |rewinddir [2] |vfprintf | | | | | |[2] | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |fclose [2] |fputc [2] |getchar_unlocked|scanf [2] |vprintf [2]| | | |[2] | | | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |fdopen [2] |fputs [2] |getw [3] |seekdir [2] |vsnprintf | | | | | |[2] | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |feof [2] |fread [2] |pclose [2] |setbuf [2] |vsprintf | | | | | |[2] | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |ferror [2] |freopen [1] |popen [2] |setbuffer [1] | | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |fflush [2] |fscanf [2] |printf [2] |setvbuf [2] | | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |fflush_unlocked|fseek [2] |putc [2] |snprintf [2] | | |[1] | | | | | |---------------+---------------+----------------+----------------+-----------| |fgetc [2] |fseeko [2] |putc_unlocked |sprintf [2] | | | | |[2] | | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) [3]. SUSv2 An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Standard I/O specified in Table 7-5, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-5. libc - Standard I/O Data Interfaces +-----------------------------------+ |stderr [1]|stdin [1]|stdout [1]| | | +-----------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signal Handling ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Signal Handling An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Signal Handling specified in Table 7-6, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-6. libc - Signal Handling Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |__libc_current_sigrtmax|sigaddset |sighold [2] |sigpause [2]|sigsuspend | |[1] |[2] | | |[2] | |-----------------------+------------+-------------+------------+-------------| |__libc_current_sigrtmin|sigaltstack |sigignore [2]|sigpending |sigtimedwait | |[1] |[2] | |[2] |[2] | |-----------------------+------------+-------------+------------+-------------| |__sigsetjmp [1] |sigandset |siginterrupt |sigprocmask |sigwait [2] | | |[1] |[2] |[2] | | |-----------------------+------------+-------------+------------+-------------| |__sysv_signal [1] |sigblock [1]|sigisemptyset|sigqueue [2]|sigwaitinfo | | | |[1] | |[2] | |-----------------------+------------+-------------+------------+-------------| |bsd_signal [2] |sigdelset |sigismember |sigrelse [2]| | | |[2] |[2] | | | |-----------------------+------------+-------------+------------+-------------| |psignal [1] |sigemptyset |siglongjmp |sigreturn | | | |[2] |[2] |[1] | | |-----------------------+------------+-------------+------------+-------------| |raise [2] |sigfillset |signal [2] |sigset [2] | | | |[2] | | | | |-----------------------+------------+-------------+------------+-------------| |sigaction [2] |siggetmask |sigorset [1] |sigstack [3]| | | |[1] | | | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) [3]. SUSv2 An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Signal Handling specified in Table 7-7, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-7. libc - Signal Handling Data Interfaces +-------------------------+ |_sys_siglist [1] | | | | | +-------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Localization Functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Localization Functions An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Localization Functions specified in Table 7-8, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-8. libc - Localization Functions Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |bind_textdomain_codeset|catopen [2] |dngettext [1]|iconv_open |setlocale | |[1] | | |[2] |[2] | |-----------------------+------------+-------------+-------------+------------| |bindtextdomain [1] |dcgettext |gettext [1] |localeconv |textdomain | | |[1] | |[2] |[1] | |-----------------------+------------+-------------+-------------+------------| |catclose [2] |dcngettext |iconv [2] |ngettext [1] | | | |[1] | | | | |-----------------------+------------+-------------+-------------+------------| |catgets [2] |dgettext [1]|iconv_close |nl_langinfo | | | | |[2] |[2] | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Localization Functions specified in Table 7-9, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-9. libc - Localization Functions Data Interfaces +-----------------------------+ |_nl_msg_cat_cntr [1] | | | | | +-----------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Socket Interface ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Socket Interface An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Socket Interface specified in Table 7-10, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-10. libc - Socket Interface Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |__h_errno_location |gethostid [2] |listen [2] |sendmsg [2] |socketpair | |[1] | | | |[2] | |---------------------+--------------+------------+-------------+-------------| |accept [2] |gethostname |recv [2] |sendto [2] | | | |[2] | | | | |---------------------+--------------+------------+-------------+-------------| |bind [2] |getpeername |recvfrom [2]|setsockopt | | | |[2] | |[1] | | |---------------------+--------------+------------+-------------+-------------| |bindresvport [1] |getsockname |recvmsg [2] |shutdown [2] | | | |[2] | | | | |---------------------+--------------+------------+-------------+-------------| |connect [2] |getsockopt [2]|send [2] |socket [2] | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Socket Interface specified in Table 7-11, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification. Table 7-11. libc - Socket Interface Deprecated Function Interfaces +----------------------------+ |gethostbyname_r [1] | | | | | +----------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wide Characters ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Wide Characters An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Wide Characters specified in Table 7-12, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-12. libc - Wide Characters Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |__wcstod_internal [1]|mbsinit [2] |vwscanf [2] |wcsnlen [1] |wcstoumax | | | | | |[2] | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |__wcstof_internal [1]|mbsnrtowcs |wcpcpy [1] |wcsnrtombs |wcstouq [1] | | |[1] | |[1] | | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |__wcstol_internal [1]|mbsrtowcs [2]|wcpncpy [1] |wcspbrk [2] |wcswcs [2] | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |__wcstold_internal |mbstowcs [2] |wcrtomb [2] |wcsrchr [2] |wcswidth [2]| |[1] | | | | | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |__wcstoul_internal |mbtowc [2] |wcscasecmp [1]|wcsrtombs [2]|wcsxfrm [2] | |[1] | | | | | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |btowc [2] |putwc [2] |wcscat [2] |wcsspn [2] |wctob [2] | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |fgetwc [2] |putwchar [2] |wcschr [2] |wcsstr [2] |wctomb [2] | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |fgetws [2] |swprintf [2] |wcscmp [2] |wcstod [2] |wctrans [2] | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |fputwc [2] |swscanf [2] |wcscoll [2] |wcstof [2] |wctype [2] | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |fputws [2] |towctrans [2]|wcscpy [2] |wcstoimax [2]|wcwidth [2] | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |fwide [2] |towlower [2] |wcscspn [2] |wcstok [2] |wmemchr [2] | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |fwprintf [2] |towupper [2] |wcsdup [1] |wcstol [2] |wmemcmp [2] | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |fwscanf [2] |ungetwc [2] |wcsftime [2] |wcstold [2] |wmemcpy [2] | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |getwc [2] |vfwprintf [2]|wcslen [2] |wcstoll [2] |wmemmove [2]| |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |getwchar [2] |vfwscanf [2] |wcsncasecmp |wcstombs [2] |wmemset [2] | | | |[1] | | | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |mblen [2] |vswprintf [2]|wcsncat [2] |wcstoq [1] |wprintf [2] | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |mbrlen [2] |vswscanf [2] |wcsncmp [2] |wcstoul [2] |wscanf [2] | |---------------------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------| |mbrtowc [2] |vwprintf [2] |wcsncpy [2] |wcstoull [2] | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- String Functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for String Functions An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for String Functions specified in Table 7-13, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-13. libc - String Functions Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |__mempcpy [1] |bzero [2] |strcasestr |strncasecmp |strtoimax [2]| | | |[1] |[2] | | |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |__rawmemchr [1] |ffs [2] |strcat [2] |strncat [2] |strtok [2] | |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |__stpcpy [1] |index [2] |strchr [2] |strncmp [2] |strtok_r [2] | |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |__strdup [1] |memccpy [2] |strcmp [2] |strncpy [2] |strtold [2] | |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |__strtod_internal [1]|memchr [2] |strcoll [2] |strndup [1] |strtoll [2] | |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |__strtof_internal [1]|memcmp [2] |strcpy [2] |strnlen [1] |strtoq [1] | |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |__strtok_r [1] |memcpy [2] |strcspn [2] |strpbrk [2] |strtoull [2] | |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |__strtol_internal [1]|memmove [2] |strdup [2] |strptime [1] |strtoumax [2]| |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |__strtold_internal |memrchr [1] |strerror [2] |strrchr [2] |strtouq [1] | |[1] | | | | | |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |__strtoll_internal |memset [2] |strerror_r |strsep [1] |strverscmp | |[1] | |[1] | |[1] | |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |__strtoul_internal |rindex [2] |strfmon [2] |strsignal [1]|strxfrm [2] | |[1] | | | | | |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |__strtoull_internal |stpcpy [1] |strfry [1] |strspn [2] |swab [2] | |[1] | | | | | |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |bcmp [2] |stpncpy [1] |strftime [2] |strstr [2] | | |---------------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------| |bcopy [2] |strcasecmp |strlen [2] |strtof [2] | | | |[2] | | | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- IPC Functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for IPC Functions An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for IPC Functions specified in Table 7-14, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-14. libc - IPC Functions Function Interfaces +---------------------------------------------+ |ftok [1] |msgrcv [1]|semget [1]|shmctl [1]| | |----------+----------+----------+----------+-| |msgctl [1]|msgsnd [1]|semop [1] |shmdt [1] | | |----------+----------+----------+----------+-| |msgget [1]|semctl [1]|shmat [1] |shmget [1]| | +---------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Regular Expressions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Regular Expressions An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Regular Expressions specified in Table 7-15, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-15. libc - Regular Expressions Function Interfaces +--------------------------------------------------+ |regcomp [1]|regerror [1]|regexec [1]|regfree [1]| | +--------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. ISO POSIX (2003) An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Regular Expressions specified in Table 7-16, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification. Table 7-16. libc - Regular Expressions Deprecated Function Interfaces +----------------------------------------------+ |advance [1]|re_comp [1]|re_exec [1]|step [1]| | +----------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. SUSv2 An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated data interfaces for Regular Expressions specified in Table 7-17, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification. Table 7-17. libc - Regular Expressions Deprecated Data Interfaces +------------------------------+ |loc1 [1]|loc2 [1]|locs [1]| | | +------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. SUSv2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Character Type Functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Character Type Functions An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Character Type Functions specified in Table 7-18, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-18. libc - Character Type Functions Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |__ctype_b_loc(GLIBC_2.3) [1] |isalpha |ispunct [2]|iswctype |iswupper | | |[2] | |[2] |[2] | |------------------------------+----------+-----------+-----------+-----------| |__ctype_get_mb_cur_max [1] |isascii |isspace [2]|iswdigit |iswxdigit | | |[2] | |[2] |[2] | |------------------------------+----------+-----------+-----------+-----------| |__ctype_tolower_loc(GLIBC_2.3)|iscntrl |isupper [2]|iswgraph |isxdigit | |[1] |[2] | |[2] |[2] | |------------------------------+----------+-----------+-----------+-----------| |__ctype_toupper_loc(GLIBC_2.3)|isdigit |iswalnum |iswlower |toascii [2]| |[1] |[2] |[2] |[2] | | |------------------------------+----------+-----------+-----------+-----------| |_tolower [2] |isgraph |iswalpha |iswprint |tolower [2]| | |[2] |[2] |[2] | | |------------------------------+----------+-----------+-----------+-----------| |_toupper [2] |islower |iswblank |iswpunct |toupper [2]| | |[2] |[2] |[2] | | |------------------------------+----------+-----------+-----------+-----------| |isalnum [2] |isprint |iswcntrl |iswspace | | | |[2] |[2] |[2] | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Time Manipulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Time Manipulation An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Time Manipulation specified in Table 7-19, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-19. libc - Time Manipulation Function Interfaces +-------------------------------------------------------------------+ |adjtime [1] |ctime [2] |gmtime [2] |localtime_r [2]|ualarm [2]| |-------------+------------+-------------+---------------+----------| |asctime [2] |ctime_r [2] |gmtime_r [2] |mktime [2] | | |-------------+------------+-------------+---------------+----------| |asctime_r [2]|difftime [2]|localtime [2]|tzset [2] | | +-------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Time Manipulation specified in Table 7-20, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification. Table 7-20. libc - Time Manipulation Deprecated Function Interfaces +---------------------+ |adjtimex [1] | | | | | +---------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Time Manipulation specified in Table 7-21, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-21. libc - Time Manipulation Data Interfaces +--------------------------------------------+ |__daylight [1]|__tzname [1]|timezone [2]| | | |--------------+------------+------------+-+-| |__timezone [1]|daylight [2]|tzname [2] | | | +--------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Terminal Interface Functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Terminal Interface Functions An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Terminal Interface Functions specified in Table 7-22, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-22. libc - Terminal Interface Functions Function Interfaces +-------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |cfgetispeed [1]|cfsetispeed [1]|tcdrain [1]|tcgetattr [1]|tcsendbreak [1]| |---------------+---------------+-----------+-------------+---------------| |cfgetospeed [1]|cfsetospeed [1]|tcflow [1] |tcgetpgrp [1]|tcsetattr [1] | |---------------+---------------+-----------+-------------+---------------| |cfmakeraw [2] |cfsetspeed [2] |tcflush [1]|tcgetsid [1] |tcsetpgrp [1] | +-------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. ISO POSIX (2003) [2]. this specification ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- System Database Interface ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for System Database Interface An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for System Database Interface specified in Table 7-23, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-23. libc - System Database Interface Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |endgrent [1] |getgrgid [1] |getprotobynumber |getservbyport |setgrent [1] | | | |[1] |[1] | | |-------------+---------------+-----------------+---------------+-------------| |endnetent [1]|getgrgid_r [1] |getprotoent [1] |getservent [1] |setgroups [2]| |-------------+---------------+-----------------+---------------+-------------| |endprotoent |getgrnam [1] |getpwent [1] |getutent [2] |setnetent [1]| |[1] | | | | | |-------------+---------------+-----------------+---------------+-------------| |endpwent [1] |getgrnam_r [1] |getpwnam [1] |getutent_r [2] |setprotoent | | | | | |[1] | |-------------+---------------+-----------------+---------------+-------------| |endservent |gethostbyaddr |getpwnam_r [1] |getutxent [1] |setpwent [1] | |[1] |[1] | | | | |-------------+---------------+-----------------+---------------+-------------| |endutent [3] |gethostbyname |getpwuid [1] |getutxid [1] |setservent | | |[1] | | |[1] | |-------------+---------------+-----------------+---------------+-------------| |endutxent [1]|getnetbyaddr |getpwuid_r [1] |getutxline [1] |setutent [2] | | |[1] | | | | |-------------+---------------+-----------------+---------------+-------------| |getgrent [1] |getprotobyname |getservbyname [1]|pututxline [1] |setutxent [1]| | |[1] | | | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. ISO POSIX (2003) [2]. this specification [3]. SUSv2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Language Support ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Language Support An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Language Support specified in Table 7-24, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-24. libc - Language Support Function Interfaces +---------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |__libc_start_main|__register_atfork|_obstack_begin|_obstack_newchunk|obstack_free| |[1] |(GLIBC_2.3.2) [1]|[1] |[1] |[1] | +---------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Large File Support ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Large File Support An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Large File Support specified in Table 7-25, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-25. libc - Large File Support Function Interfaces +--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |__fxstat64 [1]|fopen64 [2] |ftello64 [2] |lseek64 [2] |readdir64 [2] | |--------------+--------------+---------------+-------------+--------------| |__lxstat64 [1]|freopen64 [2] |ftruncate64 [2]|mkstemp64 [2]|statvfs64 [2] | |--------------+--------------+---------------+-------------+--------------| |__xstat64 [1] |fseeko64 [2] |ftw64 [2] |mmap64 [2] |tmpfile64 [2] | |--------------+--------------+---------------+-------------+--------------| |creat64 [2] |fsetpos64 [2] |getrlimit64 [2]|nftw64 [2] |truncate64 [2]| |--------------+--------------+---------------+-------------+--------------| |fgetpos64 [2] |fstatvfs64 [2]|lockf64 [2] |open64 [2] | | +--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. Large File Support ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Standard Library ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Standard Library An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Standard Library specified in Table 7-26, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-26. libc - Standard Library Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |_Exit [1] |dirname [1] |glob [1] |lsearch [1] |srand [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |__assert_fail [2]|div [1] |glob64 [2] |makecontext [1]|srand48 [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |__cxa_atexit [2] |drand48 [1] |globfree [1]|malloc [1] |srandom [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |__errno_location |ecvt [1] |globfree64 |memmem [2] |strtod [1] | |[2] | |[2] | | | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |__fpending [2] |erand48 [1] |grantpt [1] |mkstemp [1] |strtol [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |__getpagesize [2]|err [2] |hcreate [1] |mktemp [1] |strtoul [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |__isinf [2] |error [2] |hdestroy [1]|mrand48 [1] |swapcontext | | | | | |[1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |__isinff [2] |errx [2] |hsearch [1] |nftw [1] |syslog [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |__isinfl [2] |fcvt [1] |htonl [1] |nrand48 [1] |system [2] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |__isnan [2] |fmtmsg [1] |htons [1] |ntohl [1] |tdelete [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |__isnanf [2] |fnmatch [1] |imaxabs [1] |ntohs [1] |tfind [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |__isnanl [2] |fpathconf [1] |imaxdiv [1] |openlog [1] |tmpfile [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |__sysconf [2] |free [1] |inet_addr |perror [1] |tmpnam [1] | | | |[1] | | | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |_exit [1] |freeaddrinfo [1] |inet_ntoa |posix_memalign |tsearch [1] | | | |[1] |[1] | | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |_longjmp [1] |ftrylockfile [1] |inet_ntop |ptsname [1] |ttyname [1] | | | |[1] | | | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |_setjmp [1] |ftw [1] |inet_pton |putenv [1] |ttyname_r | | | |[1] | |[1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |a64l [1] |funlockfile [1] |initstate |qsort [1] |twalk [1] | | | |[1] | | | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |abort [1] |gai_strerror [1] |insque [1] |rand [1] |unlockpt [1]| |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |abs [1] |gcvt [1] |isatty [1] |rand_r [1] |unsetenv [1]| |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |atof [1] |getaddrinfo [1] |isblank [1] |random [1] |usleep [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |atoi [1] |getcwd [1] |jrand48 [1] |random_r [2] |verrx [2] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |atol [1] |getdate [1] |l64a [1] |realloc [1] |vfscanf [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |atoll [1] |getenv [1] |labs [1] |realpath [1] |vscanf [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |basename [1] |getlogin [1] |lcong48 [1] |remque [1] |vsscanf [1] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |bsearch [1] |getnameinfo [1] |ldiv [1] |seed48 [1] |vsyslog [2] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |calloc [1] |getopt [2] |lfind [1] |setenv [1] |warn [2] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |closelog [1] |getopt_long [2] |llabs [1] |sethostid [2] |warnx [2] | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |confstr [1] |getopt_long_only |lldiv [1] |sethostname [2]|wordexp [1] | | |[2] | | | | |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |cuserid [3] |getsubopt [1] |longjmp [1] |setlogmask [1] |wordfree [1]| |-----------------+-----------------+------------+---------------+------------| |daemon [2] |gettimeofday [1] |lrand48 [1] |setstate [1] | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. ISO POSIX (2003) [2]. this specification [3]. SUSv2 An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Standard Library specified in Table 7-27, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-27. libc - Standard Library Data Interfaces +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ |__environ [1]|_sys_errlist [1]|getdate_err [2]|opterr [1]|optopt [1]| |-------------+----------------+---------------+----------+----------| |_environ [1] |environ [2] |optarg [2] |optind [1]| | +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data Definitions for libc This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libc. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications. This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- assert.h The assert.h header shall define the assert macro. It refers to the macro NDEBUG, which is not defined in this header. If NDEBUG is defined before the inclusion of this header, the assert macro shall be defined as described below, otherwise the macro shall behave as described in assert in ISO/IEC 9945 POSIX. #define assert(expr) ((void)0) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ctype.h enum { _ISupper, _ISlower, _ISalpha, _ISdigit, _ISxdigit, _ISspace, _ISprint, _ISgraph, _ISblank, _IScntrl, _ISpunct, _ISalnum } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- dirent.h typedef struct __dirstream DIR; struct dirent { long d_ino; off_t d_off; unsigned short d_reclen; unsigned char d_type; char d_name[256]; } ; struct dirent64 { uint64_t d_ino; int64_t d_off; unsigned short d_reclen; unsigned char d_type; char d_name[256]; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- errno.h #define errno (*__errno_location()) #define EPERM 1 #define ECHILD 10 #define ENETDOWN 100 #define ENETUNREACH 101 #define ENETRESET 102 #define ECONNABORTED 103 #define ECONNRESET 104 #define ENOBUFS 105 #define EISCONN 106 #define ENOTCONN 107 #define ESHUTDOWN 108 #define ETOOMANYREFS 109 #define EAGAIN 11 #define ETIMEDOUT 110 #define ECONNREFUSED 111 #define EHOSTDOWN 112 #define EHOSTUNREACH 113 #define EALREADY 114 #define EINPROGRESS 115 #define ESTALE 116 #define EUCLEAN 117 #define ENOTNAM 118 #define ENAVAIL 119 #define ENOMEM 12 #define EISNAM 120 #define EREMOTEIO 121 #define EDQUOT 122 #define ENOMEDIUM 123 #define EMEDIUMTYPE 124 #define ECANCELED 125 #define EACCES 13 #define EFAULT 14 #define ENOTBLK 15 #define EBUSY 16 #define EEXIST 17 #define EXDEV 18 #define ENODEV 19 #define ENOENT 2 #define ENOTDIR 20 #define EISDIR 21 #define EINVAL 22 #define ENFILE 23 #define EMFILE 24 #define ENOTTY 25 #define ETXTBSY 26 #define EFBIG 27 #define ENOSPC 28 #define ESPIPE 29 #define ESRCH 3 #define EROFS 30 #define EMLINK 31 #define EPIPE 32 #define EDOM 33 #define ERANGE 34 #define EDEADLK 35 #define ENAMETOOLONG 36 #define ENOLCK 37 #define ENOSYS 38 #define ENOTEMPTY 39 #define EINTR 4 #define ELOOP 40 #define ENOMSG 42 #define EIDRM 43 #define ECHRNG 44 #define EL2NSYNC 45 #define EL3HLT 46 #define EL3RST 47 #define ELNRNG 48 #define EUNATCH 49 #define EIO 5 #define ENOANO 55 #define EBADRQC 56 #define EBADSLT 57 #define EBFONT 59 #define ENXIO 6 #define ENOSTR 60 #define ENODATA 61 #define ETIME 62 #define ENOSR 63 #define ENONET 64 #define ENOPKG 65 #define EREMOTE 66 #define ENOLINK 67 #define EADV 68 #define ESRMNT 69 #define E2BIG 7 #define ECOMM 70 #define EPROTO 71 #define EMULTIHOP 72 #define EDOTDOT 73 #define EBADMSG 74 #define EOVERFLOW 75 #define ENOTUNIQ 76 #define EBADFD 77 #define EREMCHG 78 #define ELIBACC 79 #define ENOEXEC 8 #define ELIBBAD 80 #define ELIBSCN 81 #define ELIBMAX 82 #define ELIBEXEC 83 #define EILSEQ 84 #define ERESTART 85 #define ESTRPIPE 86 #define EUSERS 87 #define ENOTSOCK 88 #define EDESTADDRREQ 89 #define EBADF 9 #define EMSGSIZE 90 #define EPROTOTYPE 91 #define ENOPROTOOPT 92 #define EPROTONOSUPPORT 93 #define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 94 #define EOPNOTSUPP 95 #define EPFNOSUPPORT 96 #define EAFNOSUPPORT 97 #define EADDRINUSE 98 #define EADDRNOTAVAIL 99 #define EWOULDBLOCK EAGAIN #define ENOTSUP EOPNOTSUPP ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- fcntl.h #define O_RDONLY 00 #define O_ACCMODE 0003 #define O_WRONLY 01 #define O_CREAT 0100 #define O_TRUNC 01000 #define O_SYNC 010000 #define O_RDWR 02 #define O_EXCL 0200 #define O_APPEND 02000 #define O_ASYNC 020000 #define O_NOCTTY 0400 #define O_NDELAY 04000 #define O_NONBLOCK 04000 #define FD_CLOEXEC 1 struct flock { short l_type; short l_whence; off_t l_start; off_t l_len; pid_t l_pid; } ; struct flock64 { short l_type; short l_whence; loff_t l_start; loff_t l_len; pid_t l_pid; } ; #define F_DUPFD 0 #define F_RDLCK 0 #define F_GETFD 1 #define F_WRLCK 1 #define F_SETFD 2 #define F_UNLCK 2 #define F_GETFL 3 #define F_SETFL 4 #define F_GETLK 5 #define F_SETLK 6 #define F_SETLKW 7 #define F_SETOWN 8 #define F_GETOWN 9 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- fmtmsg.h #define MM_HARD 1 #define MM_NRECOV 128 #define MM_UTIL 16 #define MM_SOFT 2 #define MM_OPSYS 32 #define MM_FIRM 4 #define MM_RECOVER 64 #define MM_APPL 8 #define MM_NOSEV 0 #define MM_HALT 1 #define MM_ERROR 2 #define MM_NULLLBL ((char *) 0) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- fnmatch.h #define FNM_PATHNAME (1<<0) #define FNM_NOESCAPE (1<<1) #define FNM_PERIOD (1<<2) #define FNM_NOMATCH 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ftw.h #define FTW_D FTW_D #define FTW_DNR FTW_DNR #define FTW_DP FTW_DP #define FTW_F FTW_F #define FTW_NS FTW_NS #define FTW_SL FTW_SL #define FTW_SLN FTW_SLN enum { FTW_F, FTW_D, FTW_DNR, FTW_NS, FTW_SL, FTW_DP, FTW_SLN } ; enum { FTW_PHYS, FTW_MOUNT, FTW_CHDIR, FTW_DEPTH } ; struct FTW { int base; int level; } ; typedef int (*__ftw_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat * __status, int __flag); typedef int (*__ftw64_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat64 * __status, int __flag); typedef int (*__nftw_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat * __status, int __flag, struct FTW * __info); typedef int (*__nftw64_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat64 * __status, int __flag, struct FTW * __info); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- getopt.h #define no_argument 0 #define required_argument 1 #define optional_argument 2 struct option { char *name; int has_arg; int *flag; int val; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- glob.h #define GLOB_ERR (1<<0) #define GLOB_MARK (1<<1) #define GLOB_BRACE (1<<10) #define GLOB_NOMAGIC (1<<11) #define GLOB_TILDE (1<<12) #define GLOB_ONLYDIR (1<<13) #define GLOB_TILDE_CHECK (1<<14) #define GLOB_NOSORT (1<<2) #define GLOB_DOOFFS (1<<3) #define GLOB_NOCHECK (1<<4) #define GLOB_APPEND (1<<5) #define GLOB_NOESCAPE (1<<6) #define GLOB_PERIOD (1<<7) #define GLOB_MAGCHAR (1<<8) #define GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC (1<<9) #define GLOB_NOSPACE 1 #define GLOB_ABORTED 2 #define GLOB_NOMATCH 3 #define GLOB_NOSYS 4 typedef struct { size_t gl_pathc; char **gl_pathv; size_t gl_offs; int gl_flags; void (*gl_closedir) (void *); struct dirent *(*gl_readdir) (void *); void *(*gl_opendir) (const char *); int (*gl_lstat) (const char *, struct stat *); int (*gl_stat) (const char *, struct stat *); } glob_t; typedef struct { size_t gl_pathc; char **gl_pathv; size_t gl_offs; int gl_flags; void (*gl_closedir) (void *); struct dirent64 *(*gl_readdir64) (void *); void *(*gl_opendir) (const char *); int (*gl_lstat) (const char *, struct stat *); int (*gl_stat) (const char *, struct stat *); } glob64_t; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- grp.h struct group { char *gr_name; char *gr_passwd; gid_t gr_gid; char **gr_mem; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- iconv.h typedef void *iconv_t; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- inttypes.h typedef lldiv_t imaxdiv_t; typedef unsigned char uint8_t; typedef unsigned short uint16_t; typedef unsigned int uint32_t; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- langinfo.h #define ABDAY_1 0x20000 #define ABDAY_2 0x20001 #define ABDAY_3 0x20002 #define ABDAY_4 0x20003 #define ABDAY_5 0x20004 #define ABDAY_6 0x20005 #define ABDAY_7 0x20006 #define DAY_1 0x20007 #define DAY_2 0x20008 #define DAY_3 0x20009 #define DAY_4 0x2000A #define DAY_5 0x2000B #define DAY_6 0x2000C #define DAY_7 0x2000D #define ABMON_1 0x2000E #define ABMON_2 0x2000F #define ABMON_3 0x20010 #define ABMON_4 0x20011 #define ABMON_5 0x20012 #define ABMON_6 0x20013 #define ABMON_7 0x20014 #define ABMON_8 0x20015 #define ABMON_9 0x20016 #define ABMON_10 0x20017 #define ABMON_11 0x20018 #define ABMON_12 0x20019 #define MON_1 0x2001A #define MON_2 0x2001B #define MON_3 0x2001C #define MON_4 0x2001D #define MON_5 0x2001E #define MON_6 0x2001F #define MON_7 0x20020 #define MON_8 0x20021 #define MON_9 0x20022 #define MON_10 0x20023 #define MON_11 0x20024 #define MON_12 0x20025 #define AM_STR 0x20026 #define PM_STR 0x20027 #define D_T_FMT 0x20028 #define D_FMT 0x20029 #define T_FMT 0x2002A #define T_FMT_AMPM 0x2002B #define ERA 0x2002C #define ERA_D_FMT 0x2002E #define ALT_DIGITS 0x2002F #define ERA_D_T_FMT 0x20030 #define ERA_T_FMT 0x20031 #define CODESET 14 #define CRNCYSTR 0x4000F #define RADIXCHAR 0x10000 #define THOUSEP 0x10001 #define YESEXPR 0x50000 #define NOEXPR 0x50001 #define YESSTR 0x50002 #define NOSTR 0x50003 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- limits.h #define LLONG_MIN (-LLONG_MAX-1LL) #define ULLONG_MAX 18446744073709551615ULL #define OPEN_MAX 256 #define PATH_MAX 4096 #define LLONG_MAX 9223372036854775807LL #define SSIZE_MAX LONG_MAX #define MB_LEN_MAX 16 #define SCHAR_MIN (-128) #define SCHAR_MAX 127 #define UCHAR_MAX 255 #define CHAR_BIT 8 #define SHRT_MIN (-32768) #define SHRT_MAX 32767 #define USHRT_MAX 65535 #define INT_MIN (-INT_MAX-1) #define INT_MAX 2147483647 #define __INT_MAX__ 2147483647 #define UINT_MAX 4294967295U #define LONG_MIN (-LONG_MAX-1L) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- locale.h #define LC_CTYPE 0 #define LC_NUMERIC 1 #define LC_TELEPHONE 10 #define LC_MEASUREMENT 11 #define LC_IDENTIFICATION 12 #define LC_TIME 2 #define LC_COLLATE 3 #define LC_MONETARY 4 #define LC_MESSAGES 5 #define LC_ALL 6 #define LC_PAPER 7 #define LC_NAME 8 #define LC_ADDRESS 9 struct lconv { char *decimal_point; char *thousands_sep; char *grouping; char *int_curr_symbol; char *currency_symbol; char *mon_decimal_point; char *mon_thousands_sep; char *mon_grouping; char *positive_sign; char *negative_sign; char int_frac_digits; char frac_digits; char p_cs_precedes; char p_sep_by_space; char n_cs_precedes; char n_sep_by_space; char p_sign_posn; char n_sign_posn; char int_p_cs_precedes; char int_p_sep_by_space; char int_n_cs_precedes; char int_n_sep_by_space; char int_p_sign_posn; char int_n_sign_posn; } ; typedef struct __locale_struct { struct locale_data *__locales[13]; const unsigned short *__ctype_b; const int *__ctype_tolower; const int *__ctype_toupper; const char *__names[13]; } *__locale_t; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- net/if.h #define IF_NAMESIZE 16 #define IFF_UP 0x01 #define IFF_BROADCAST 0x02 #define IFF_DEBUG 0x04 #define IFF_LOOPBACK 0x08 #define IFF_POINTOPOINT 0x10 #define IFF_PROMISC 0x100 #define IFF_MULTICAST 0x1000 #define IFF_NOTRAILERS 0x20 #define IFF_RUNNING 0x40 #define IFF_NOARP 0x80 struct ifaddr { struct sockaddr ifa_addr; union { struct sockaddr ifu_broadaddr; struct sockaddr ifu_dstaddr; } ifa_ifu; void *ifa_ifp; void *ifa_next; } ; #define IFNAMSIZ IF_NAMESIZE struct ifreq { union { char ifrn_name[IFNAMSIZ]; } ifr_ifrn; union { struct sockaddr ifru_addr; struct sockaddr ifru_dstaddr; struct sockaddr ifru_broadaddr; struct sockaddr ifru_netmask; struct sockaddr ifru_hwaddr; short ifru_flags; int ifru_ivalue; int ifru_mtu; char ifru_slave[IFNAMSIZ]; char ifru_newname[IFNAMSIZ]; caddr_t ifru_data; struct ifmap ifru_map; } ifr_ifru; } ; struct ifconf { int ifc_len; union { caddr_t ifcu_buf; struct ifreq *ifcu_req; } ifc_ifcu; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- netdb.h #define h_errno (*__h_errno_location ()) #define NETDB_INTERNAL -1 #define NETDB_SUCCESS 0 #define HOST_NOT_FOUND 1 #define IPPORT_RESERVED 1024 #define NI_MAXHOST 1025 #define TRY_AGAIN 2 #define NO_RECOVERY 3 #define NI_MAXSERV 32 #define NO_DATA 4 #define h_addr h_addr_list[0] #define NO_ADDRESS NO_DATA struct servent { char *s_name; char **s_aliases; int s_port; char *s_proto; } ; struct hostent { char *h_name; char **h_aliases; int h_addrtype; int h_length; char **h_addr_list; } ; struct protoent { char *p_name; char **p_aliases; int p_proto; } ; struct netent { char *n_name; char **n_aliases; int n_addrtype; unsigned int n_net; } ; #define AI_PASSIVE 0x0001 #define AI_CANONNAME 0x0002 #define AI_NUMERICHOST 0x0004 struct addrinfo { int ai_flags; int ai_family; int ai_socktype; int ai_protocol; socklen_t ai_addrlen; struct sockaddr *ai_addr; char *ai_canonname; struct addrinfo *ai_next; } ; #define NI_NUMERICHOST 1 #define NI_DGRAM 16 #define NI_NUMERICSERV 2 #define NI_NOFQDN 4 #define NI_NAMEREQD 8 #define EAI_BADFLAGS -1 #define EAI_MEMORY -10 #define EAI_SYSTEM -11 #define EAI_NONAME -2 #define EAI_AGAIN -3 #define EAI_FAIL -4 #define EAI_NODATA -5 #define EAI_FAMILY -6 #define EAI_SOCKTYPE -7 #define EAI_SERVICE -8 #define EAI_ADDRFAMILY -9 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- netinet/in.h #define IPPROTO_IP 0 #define IPPROTO_ICMP 1 #define IPPROTO_UDP 17 #define IPPROTO_IGMP 2 #define IPPROTO_RAW 255 #define IPPROTO_IPV6 41 #define IPPROTO_ICMPV6 58 #define IPPROTO_TCP 6 typedef uint16_t in_port_t; struct in_addr { uint32_t s_addr; } ; typedef uint32_t in_addr_t; #define INADDR_NONE ((in_addr_t) 0xffffffff) #define INADDR_BROADCAST (0xffffffff) #define INADDR_ANY 0 struct in6_addr { union { uint8_t u6_addr8[16]; uint16_t u6_addr16[8]; uint32_t u6_addr32[4]; } in6_u; } ; #define IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT { { { 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 } } } #define IN6ADDR_LOOPBACK_INIT { { { 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1 } } } #define INET_ADDRSTRLEN 16 struct sockaddr_in { sa_family_t sin_family; unsigned short sin_port; struct in_addr sin_addr; unsigned char sin_zero[8]; } ; #define INET6_ADDRSTRLEN 46 struct sockaddr_in6 { unsigned short sin6_family; uint16_t sin6_port; uint32_t sin6_flowinfo; struct in6_addr sin6_addr; uint32_t sin6_scope_id; } ; #define SOL_IP 0 #define IP_TOS 1 #define IPV6_UNICAST_HOPS 16 #define IPV6_MULTICAST_IF 17 #define IPV6_MULTICAST_HOPS 18 #define IPV6_MULTICAST_LOOP 19 #define IPV6_JOIN_GROUP 20 #define IPV6_LEAVE_GROUP 21 #define IPV6_V6ONLY 26 #define IP_MULTICAST_IF 32 #define IP_MULTICAST_TTL 33 #define IP_MULTICAST_LOOP 34 #define IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP 35 #define IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP 36 struct ipv6_mreq { struct in6_addr ipv6mr_multiaddr; int ipv6mr_interface; } ; struct ip_mreq { struct in_addr imr_multiaddr; struct in_addr imr_interface; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- netinet/tcp.h #define TCP_NODELAY 1 #define SOL_TCP 6 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- netinet/udp.h #define SOL_UDP 17 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- nl_types.h #define NL_CAT_LOCALE 1 #define NL_SETD 1 typedef void *nl_catd; typedef int nl_item; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- pty.h struct winsize { unsigned short ws_row; unsigned short ws_col; unsigned short ws_xpixel; unsigned short ws_ypixel; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- pwd.h struct passwd { char *pw_name; char *pw_passwd; uid_t pw_uid; gid_t pw_gid; char *pw_gecos; char *pw_dir; char *pw_shell; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- regex.h #define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int)1) #define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS<<1) #define RE_SYNTAX_AWK (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS|RE_DOT_NOT_NULL|RE_NO_BK_PARENS| RE_NO_BK_REFS| RE_NO_BK_VBAR| RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES| RE_DOT_NEWLINE| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS| RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS) #define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM<<1) #define RE_SYNTAX_GREP (RE_BK_PLUS_QM|RE_CHAR_CLASSES|RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NEWLINE_ALT) #define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES<<1) #define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP (RE_CHAR_CLASSES|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS|RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE|RE_NEWLINE_ALT|RE_NO_BK_PARENS|RE_NO_BK_VBAR) #define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON (RE_CHAR_CLASSES|RE_DOT_NEWLINE|RE_DOT_NOT_NULL|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES) #define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS<<1) #define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS<<1) #define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS<<1) #define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG<<1) #define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE<<1) #define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL<<1) #define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE<<1) #define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS<<1) #define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS<<1) #define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT<<1) #define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES<<1) #define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS<<1) #define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS<<1) #define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR<<1) #define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES<<1) #define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS<<1) #define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING<<1) #define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NO_BK_BRACES|RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD) #define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED|RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NO_GNU_OPS) #define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD<<1) #define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_BK_PLUS_QM) #define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS|RE_NO_BK_BRACES|RE_NO_BK_PARENS|RE_NO_BK_VBAR|RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS|RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) #define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS|RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS|RE_NO_BK_BRACES|RE_NO_BK_PARENS|RE_NO_BK_REFS|RE_NO_BK_VBAR|RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) #define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_LIMITED_OPS) #define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC #define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC typedef unsigned long reg_syntax_t; typedef struct re_pattern_buffer { unsigned char *buffer; unsigned long allocated; unsigned long used; reg_syntax_t syntax; char *fastmap; char *translate; size_t re_nsub; unsigned int can_be_null:1; unsigned int regs_allocated:2; unsigned int fastmap_accurate:1; unsigned int no_sub:1; unsigned int not_bol:1; unsigned int not_eol:1; unsigned int newline_anchor:1; } regex_t; typedef int regoff_t; typedef struct { regoff_t rm_so; regoff_t rm_eo; } regmatch_t; #define REG_NOTEOL (1<<1) #define REG_ICASE (REG_EXTENDED<<1) #define REG_NEWLINE (REG_ICASE<<1) #define REG_NOSUB (REG_NEWLINE<<1) #define REG_NOMATCH -1 #define REG_EXTENDED 1 #define REG_NOTBOL 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- rpc/auth.h enum auth_stat { AUTH_OK, AUTH_BADCRED = 1, AUTH_REJECTEDCRED = 2, AUTH_BADVERF = 3, AUTH_REJECTEDVERF = 4, AUTH_TOOWEAK = 5, AUTH_INVALIDRESP = 6, AUTH_FAILED = 7 } ; union des_block { struct { u_int32_t high; u_int32_t low; } key; char c[8]; } ; struct opaque_auth { enum_t oa_flavor; caddr_t oa_base; u_int oa_length; } ; typedef struct AUTH { struct opaque_auth ah_cred; struct opaque_auth ah_verf; union des_block ah_key; struct auth_ops *ah_ops; caddr_t ah_private; } AUTH; struct auth_ops { void (*ah_nextverf) (struct AUTH *); int (*ah_marshal) (struct AUTH *, XDR *); int (*ah_validate) (struct AUTH *, struct opaque_auth *); int (*ah_refresh) (struct AUTH *); void (*ah_destroy) (struct AUTH *); } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- rpc/clnt.h #define clnt_control(cl,rq,in) ((*(cl)->cl_ops->cl_control)(cl,rq,in)) #define clnt_abort(rh) ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_abort)(rh)) #define clnt_call(rh, proc, xargs, argsp, xres, resp, secs) ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_call)(rh, proc, xargs, argsp, xres, resp, secs)) #define clnt_destroy(rh) ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_destroy)(rh)) #define clnt_freeres(rh,xres,resp) ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_freeres)(rh,xres,resp)) #define clnt_geterr(rh,errp) ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_geterr)(rh, errp)) #define NULLPROC ((u_long)0) #define CLSET_TIMEOUT 1 #define CLGET_XID 10 #define CLSET_XID 11 #define CLGET_VERS 12 #define CLSET_VERS 13 #define CLGET_PROG 14 #define CLSET_PROG 15 #define CLGET_TIMEOUT 2 #define CLGET_SERVER_ADDR 3 #define CLSET_RETRY_TIMEOUT 4 #define CLGET_RETRY_TIMEOUT 5 #define CLGET_FD 6 #define CLGET_SVC_ADDR 7 #define CLSET_FD_CLOSE 8 #define CLSET_FD_NCLOSE 9 enum clnt_stat { RPC_SUCCESS, RPC_CANTENCODEARGS = 1, RPC_CANTDECODERES = 2, RPC_CANTSEND = 3, RPC_CANTRECV = 4, RPC_TIMEDOUT = 5, RPC_VERSMISMATCH = 6, RPC_AUTHERROR = 7, RPC_PROGUNAVAIL = 8, RPC_PROGVERSMISMATCH = 9, RPC_PROCUNAVAIL = 10, RPC_CANTDECODEARGS = 11, RPC_SYSTEMERROR = 12, RPC_NOBROADCAST = 21, RPC_UNKNOWNHOST = 13, RPC_UNKNOWNPROTO = 17, RPC_UNKNOWNADDR = 19, RPC_RPCBFAILURE = 14, RPC_PROGNOTREGISTERED = 15, RPC_N2AXLATEFAILURE = 22, RPC_FAILED = 16, RPC_INTR = 18, RPC_TLIERROR = 20, RPC_UDERROR = 23, RPC_INPROGRESS = 24, RPC_STALERACHANDLE = 25 } ; struct rpc_err { enum clnt_stat re_status; union { int RE_errno; enum auth_stat RE_why; struct { u_long low; u_long high; } RE_vers; struct { long s1; long s2; } RE_lb; } ru; } ; typedef struct CLIENT { struct AUTH *cl_auth; struct clnt_ops *cl_ops; caddr_t cl_private; } CLIENT; struct clnt_ops { enum clnt_stat (*cl_call) (struct CLIENT *, u_long, xdrproc_t, caddr_t, xdrproc_t, caddr_t, struct timeval); void (*cl_abort) (void); void (*cl_geterr) (struct CLIENT *, struct rpc_err *); bool_t (*cl_freeres) (struct CLIENT *, xdrproc_t, caddr_t); void (*cl_destroy) (struct CLIENT *); bool_t (*cl_control) (struct CLIENT *, int, char *); } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- rpc/rpc_msg.h enum msg_type { CALL, REPLY = 1 } ; enum reply_stat { MSG_ACCEPTED, MSG_DENIED = 1 } ; enum accept_stat { SUCCESS, PROG_UNAVAIL = 1, PROG_MISMATCH = 2, PROC_UNAVAIL = 3, GARBAGE_ARGS = 4, SYSTEM_ERR = 5 } ; enum reject_stat { RPC_MISMATCH, AUTH_ERROR = 1 } ; struct accepted_reply { struct opaque_auth ar_verf; enum accept_stat ar_stat; union { struct { unsigned long low; unsigned long high; } AR_versions; struct { caddr_t where; xdrproc_t proc; } AR_results; } ru; } ; struct rejected_reply { enum reject_stat rj_stat; union { struct { unsigned long low; unsigned long high; } RJ_versions; enum auth_stat RJ_why; } ru; } ; struct reply_body { enum reply_stat rp_stat; union { struct accepted_reply RP_ar; struct rejected_reply RP_dr; } ru; } ; struct call_body { unsigned long cb_rpcvers; unsigned long cb_prog; unsigned long cb_vers; unsigned long cb_proc; struct opaque_auth cb_cred; struct opaque_auth cb_verf; } ; struct rpc_msg { unsigned long rm_xid; enum msg_type rm_direction; union { struct call_body RM_cmb; struct reply_body RM_rmb; } ru; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- rpc/svc.h #define svc_freeargs(xprt,xargs, argsp) (*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_freeargs)((xprt), (xargs), (argsp)) #define svc_getargs(xprt,xargs, argsp) (*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_getargs)((xprt), (xargs), (argsp)) #define RPC_ANYSOCK -1 typedef struct SVCXPRT { int xp_sock; u_short xp_port; struct xp_ops *xp_ops; int xp_addrlen; struct sockaddr_in xp_raddr; struct opaque_auth xp_verf; caddr_t xp_p1; caddr_t xp_p2; char xp_pad[256]; } SVCXPRT; struct svc_req { rpcprog_t rq_prog; rpcvers_t rq_vers; rpcproc_t rq_proc; struct opaque_auth rq_cred; caddr_t rq_clntcred; SVCXPRT *rq_xprt; } ; typedef void (*__dispatch_fn_t) (struct svc_req *, SVCXPRT *); struct xp_ops { bool_t (*xp_recv) (SVCXPRT * __xprt, struct rpc_msg * __msg); enum xprt_stat (*xp_stat) (SVCXPRT * __xprt); bool_t (*xp_getargs) (SVCXPRT * __xprt, xdrproc_t __xdr_args, caddr_t args_ptr); bool_t (*xp_reply) (SVCXPRT * __xprt, struct rpc_msg * __msg); bool_t (*xp_freeargs) (SVCXPRT * __xprt, xdrproc_t __xdr_args, caddr_t args_ptr); void (*xp_destroy) (SVCXPRT * __xprt); } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- rpc/types.h typedef int bool_t; typedef int enum_t; typedef unsigned long rpcprog_t; typedef unsigned long rpcvers_t; typedef unsigned long rpcproc_t; typedef unsigned long rpcprot_t; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- rpc/xdr.h enum xdr_op { XDR_ENCODE, XDR_DECODE, XDR_FREE } ; typedef struct XDR { enum xdr_op x_op; struct xdr_ops *x_ops; caddr_t x_public; caddr_t x_private; caddr_t x_base; int x_handy; } XDR; struct xdr_ops { bool_t (*x_getlong) (XDR * __xdrs, long *__lp); bool_t (*x_putlong) (XDR * __xdrs, long *__lp); bool_t (*x_getbytes) (XDR * __xdrs, caddr_t __addr, u_int __len); bool_t (*x_putbytes) (XDR * __xdrs, char *__addr, u_int __len); u_int (*x_getpostn) (XDR * __xdrs); bool_t (*x_setpostn) (XDR * __xdrs, u_int __pos); int32_t *(*x_inline) (XDR * __xdrs, int __len); void (*x_destroy) (XDR * __xdrs); bool_t (*x_getint32) (XDR * __xdrs, int32_t * __ip); bool_t (*x_putint32) (XDR * __xdrs, int32_t * __ip); } ; typedef bool_t (*xdrproc_t) (XDR *, void *, ...); struct xdr_discrim { int value; xdrproc_t proc; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sched.h #define SCHED_OTHER 0 #define SCHED_FIFO 1 #define SCHED_RR 2 struct sched_param { int sched_priority; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- search.h typedef struct entry { char *key; void *data; } ENTRY; typedef enum { FIND, ENTER } ACTION; typedef enum { preorder, postorder, endorder, leaf } VISIT; typedef void (*__action_fn_t) (void *__nodep, VISIT __value, int __level); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- setjmp.h #define setjmp(env) _setjmp(env) #define sigsetjmp(a,b) __sigsetjmp(a,b) struct __jmp_buf_tag { __jmp_buf __jmpbuf; int __mask_was_saved; sigset_t __saved_mask; } ; typedef struct __jmp_buf_tag jmp_buf[1]; typedef jmp_buf sigjmp_buf; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- signal.h #define SIGRTMAX (__libc_current_sigrtmax ()) #define SIGRTMIN (__libc_current_sigrtmin ()) #define SIG_BLOCK 0 #define SIG_UNBLOCK 1 #define SIG_SETMASK 2 #define NSIG 65 typedef int sig_atomic_t; struct sigstack { void *ss_sp; int ss_onstack; } ; typedef void (*sighandler_t) (int); #define SIG_HOLD ((sighandler_t) 2) #define SIG_ERR ((sighandler_t)-1) #define SIG_DFL ((sighandler_t)0) #define SIG_IGN ((sighandler_t)1) #define SIGHUP 1 #define SIGUSR1 10 #define SIGSEGV 11 #define SIGUSR2 12 #define SIGPIPE 13 #define SIGALRM 14 #define SIGTERM 15 #define SIGSTKFLT 16 #define SIGCHLD 17 #define SIGCONT 18 #define SIGSTOP 19 #define SIGINT 2 #define SIGTSTP 20 #define SIGTTIN 21 #define SIGTTOU 22 #define SIGURG 23 #define SIGXCPU 24 #define SIGXFSZ 25 #define SIGVTALRM 26 #define SIGPROF 27 #define SIGWINCH 28 #define SIGIO 29 #define SIGQUIT 3 #define SIGPWR 30 #define SIGSYS 31 #define SIGUNUSED 31 #define SIGILL 4 #define SIGTRAP 5 #define SIGABRT 6 #define SIGIOT 6 #define SIGBUS 7 #define SIGFPE 8 #define SIGKILL 9 #define SIGCLD SIGCHLD #define SIGPOLL SIGIO #define SV_ONSTACK (1<<0) #define SV_INTERRUPT (1<<1) #define SV_RESETHAND (1<<2) typedef union sigval { int sival_int; void *sival_ptr; } sigval_t; #define SIGEV_SIGNAL 0 #define SIGEV_NONE 1 #define SIGEV_THREAD 2 typedef struct sigevent { sigval_t sigev_value; int sigev_signo; int sigev_notify; union { int _pad[SIGEV_PAD_SIZE]; struct { void (*sigev_thread_func) (sigval_t); void *_attribute; } _sigev_thread; } _sigev_un; } sigevent_t; #define si_pid _sifields._kill._pid #define si_uid _sifields._kill._uid #define si_value _sifields._rt._sigval #define si_int _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_int #define si_ptr _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_ptr #define si_status _sifields._sigchld._status #define si_stime _sifields._sigchld._stime #define si_utime _sifields._sigchld._utime #define si_addr _sifields._sigfault._addr #define si_band _sifields._sigpoll._band #define si_fd _sifields._sigpoll._fd #define si_timer1 _sifields._timer._timer1 #define si_timer2 _sifields._timer._timer2 typedef struct siginfo { int si_signo; int si_errno; int si_code; union { int _pad[SI_PAD_SIZE]; struct { pid_t _pid; uid_t _uid; } _kill; struct { unsigned int _timer1; unsigned int _timer2; } _timer; struct { pid_t _pid; uid_t _uid; sigval_t _sigval; } _rt; struct { pid_t _pid; uid_t _uid; int _status; clock_t _utime; clock_t _stime; } _sigchld; struct { void *_addr; } _sigfault; struct { int _band; int _fd; } _sigpoll; } _sifields; } siginfo_t; #define SI_QUEUE -1 #define SI_TIMER -2 #define SI_MESGQ -3 #define SI_ASYNCIO -4 #define SI_SIGIO -5 #define SI_TKILL -6 #define SI_ASYNCNL -60 #define SI_USER 0 #define SI_KERNEL 0x80 #define ILL_ILLOPC 1 #define ILL_ILLOPN 2 #define ILL_ILLADR 3 #define ILL_ILLTRP 4 #define ILL_PRVOPC 5 #define ILL_PRVREG 6 #define ILL_COPROC 7 #define ILL_BADSTK 8 #define FPE_INTDIV 1 #define FPE_INTOVF 2 #define FPE_FLTDIV 3 #define FPE_FLTOVF 4 #define FPE_FLTUND 5 #define FPE_FLTRES 6 #define FPE_FLTINV 7 #define FPE_FLTSUB 8 #define SEGV_MAPERR 1 #define SEGV_ACCERR 2 #define BUS_ADRALN 1 #define BUS_ADRERR 2 #define BUS_OBJERR 3 #define TRAP_BRKPT 1 #define TRAP_TRACE 2 #define CLD_EXITED 1 #define CLD_KILLED 2 #define CLD_DUMPED 3 #define CLD_TRAPPED 4 #define CLD_STOPPED 5 #define CLD_CONTINUED 6 #define POLL_IN 1 #define POLL_OUT 2 #define POLL_MSG 3 #define POLL_ERR 4 #define POLL_PRI 5 #define POLL_HUP 6 typedef struct { unsigned long sig[_SIGSET_NWORDS]; } sigset_t; #define SA_NOCLDSTOP 0x00000001 #define SA_NOCLDWAIT 0x00000002 #define SA_SIGINFO 0x00000004 #define SA_ONSTACK 0x08000000 #define SA_RESTART 0x10000000 #define SA_INTERRUPT 0x20000000 #define SA_NODEFER 0x40000000 #define SA_RESETHAND 0x80000000 #define SA_NOMASK SA_NODEFER #define SA_ONESHOT SA_RESETHAND typedef struct sigaltstack { void *ss_sp; int ss_flags; size_t ss_size; } stack_t; #define SS_ONSTACK 1 #define SS_DISABLE 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- stddef.h #define offsetof(TYPE,MEMBER) ((size_t)& ((TYPE*)0)->MEMBER) #define NULL (0L) typedef int wchar_t; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- stdio.h #define EOF (-1) #define P_tmpdir "/tmp" #define FOPEN_MAX 16 #define L_tmpnam 20 #define FILENAME_MAX 4096 #define BUFSIZ 8192 #define L_ctermid 9 #define L_cuserid 9 typedef struct { off_t __pos; mbstate_t __state; } fpos_t; typedef struct { off64_t __pos; mbstate_t __state; } fpos64_t; typedef struct _IO_FILE FILE; #define _IOFBF 0 #define _IOLBF 1 #define _IONBF 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- stdlib.h #define MB_CUR_MAX (__ctype_get_mb_cur_max()) #define EXIT_SUCCESS 0 #define EXIT_FAILURE 1 #define RAND_MAX 2147483647 typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (const void *, const void *); struct random_data { int32_t *fptr; int32_t *rptr; int32_t *state; int rand_type; int rand_deg; int rand_sep; int32_t *end_ptr; } ; typedef struct { int quot; int rem; } div_t; typedef struct { long quot; long rem; } ldiv_t; typedef struct { long long quot; long long rem; } lldiv_t; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/file.h #define LOCK_SH 1 #define LOCK_EX 2 #define LOCK_NB 4 #define LOCK_UN 8 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/ipc.h #define IPC_PRIVATE ((key_t)0) #define IPC_RMID 0 #define IPC_CREAT 00001000 #define IPC_EXCL 00002000 #define IPC_NOWAIT 00004000 #define IPC_SET 1 #define IPC_STAT 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/mman.h #define MAP_FAILED ((void*)-1) #define PROT_NONE 0x0 #define MAP_SHARED 0x01 #define MAP_PRIVATE 0x02 #define PROT_READ 0x1 #define MAP_FIXED 0x10 #define PROT_WRITE 0x2 #define MAP_ANONYMOUS 0x20 #define PROT_EXEC 0x4 #define MS_ASYNC 1 #define MS_INVALIDATE 2 #define MS_SYNC 4 #define MAP_ANON MAP_ANONYMOUS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/msg.h #define MSG_NOERROR 010000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/param.h #define NOFILE 256 #define MAXPATHLEN 4096 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/poll.h #define POLLIN 0x0001 #define POLLPRI 0x0002 #define POLLOUT 0x0004 #define POLLERR 0x0008 #define POLLHUP 0x0010 #define POLLNVAL 0x0020 struct pollfd { int fd; short events; short revents; } ; typedef unsigned long nfds_t; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/resource.h #define RUSAGE_CHILDREN (-1) #define RUSAGE_BOTH (-2) #define RLIM_INFINITY (~0UL) #define RLIM_SAVED_CUR -1 #define RLIM_SAVED_MAX -1 #define RLIMIT_CPU 0 #define RUSAGE_SELF 0 #define RLIMIT_FSIZE 1 #define RLIMIT_DATA 2 #define RLIMIT_STACK 3 #define RLIMIT_CORE 4 #define RLIMIT_NOFILE 7 #define RLIMIT_AS 9 typedef unsigned long rlim_t; typedef unsigned long long rlim64_t; typedef int __rlimit_resource_t; struct rlimit { rlim_t rlim_cur; rlim_t rlim_max; } ; struct rlimit64 { rlim64_t rlim_cur; rlim64_t rlim_max; } ; struct rusage { struct timeval ru_utime; struct timeval ru_stime; long ru_maxrss; long ru_ixrss; long ru_idrss; long ru_isrss; long ru_minflt; long ru_majflt; long ru_nswap; long ru_inblock; long ru_oublock; long ru_msgsnd; long ru_msgrcv; long ru_nsignals; long ru_nvcsw; long ru_nivcsw; } ; enum __priority_which { PRIO_PROCESS, PRIO_PGRP = 1, PRIO_USER = 2 } ; #define PRIO_PGRP PRIO_PGRP #define PRIO_PROCESS PRIO_PROCESS #define PRIO_USER PRIO_USER typedef enum __priority_which __priority_which_t; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/sem.h #define SEM_UNDO 0x1000 #define GETPID 11 #define GETVAL 12 #define GETALL 13 #define GETNCNT 14 #define GETZCNT 15 #define SETVAL 16 #define SETALL 17 struct sembuf { short sem_num; short sem_op; short sem_flg; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/shm.h #define SHM_RDONLY 010000 #define SHM_W 0200 #define SHM_RND 020000 #define SHM_R 0400 #define SHM_REMAP 040000 #define SHM_LOCK 11 #define SHM_UNLOCK 12 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/socket.h #define SHUT_RD 0 #define MSG_WAITALL 0x100 #define MSG_TRUNC 0x20 #define MSG_EOR 0x80 #define SIOCGIFCONF 0x8912 #define SIOCGIFFLAGS 0x8913 #define SIOCGIFADDR 0x8915 #define SIOCGIFNETMASK 0x891b #define MSG_OOB 1 #define SHUT_WR 1 #define MSG_PEEK 2 #define SHUT_RDWR 2 #define MSG_DONTROUTE 4 #define MSG_CTRUNC 8 #define PF_UNSPEC AF_UNSPEC struct linger { int l_onoff; int l_linger; } ; struct cmsghdr { size_t cmsg_len; int cmsg_level; int cmsg_type; } ; struct iovec { void *iov_base; size_t iov_len; } ; typedef unsigned short sa_family_t; typedef unsigned int socklen_t; struct sockaddr { sa_family_t sa_family; char sa_data[14]; } ; struct sockaddr_storage { sa_family_t ss_family; __ss_aligntype __ss_align; char __ss_padding[(128 - (2 * sizeof (__ss_aligntype)))]; } ; struct msghdr { void *msg_name; int msg_namelen; struct iovec *msg_iov; size_t msg_iovlen; void *msg_control; size_t msg_controllen; unsigned int msg_flags; } ; #define AF_UNSPEC 0 #define AF_UNIX 1 #define AF_INET6 10 #define AF_INET 2 #define PF_INET AF_INET #define PF_INET6 AF_INET6 #define PF_UNIX AF_UNIX #define SOCK_STREAM 1 #define SOCK_PACKET 10 #define SOCK_DGRAM 2 #define SOCK_RAW 3 #define SOCK_RDM 4 #define SOCK_SEQPACKET 5 #define SOL_SOCKET 1 #define SO_DEBUG 1 #define SO_OOBINLINE 10 #define SO_NO_CHECK 11 #define SO_PRIORITY 12 #define SO_LINGER 13 #define SO_REUSEADDR 2 #define SOL_RAW 255 #define SO_TYPE 3 #define SO_ERROR 4 #define SO_DONTROUTE 5 #define SO_BROADCAST 6 #define SO_SNDBUF 7 #define SO_RCVBUF 8 #define SO_KEEPALIVE 9 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/stat.h #define S_ISBLK(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFBLK) #define S_ISCHR(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFCHR) #define S_ISDIR(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFDIR) #define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFIFO) #define S_ISLNK(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFLNK) #define S_ISREG(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFREG) #define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFSOCK) #define S_TYPEISMQ(buf) ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode) #define S_TYPEISSEM(buf) ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode) #define S_TYPEISSHM(buf) ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode) #define S_IRWXU (S_IREAD|S_IWRITE|S_IEXEC) #define S_IROTH (S_IRGRP>>3) #define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR>>3) #define S_IRWXO (S_IRWXG>>3) #define S_IRWXG (S_IRWXU>>3) #define S_IWOTH (S_IWGRP>>3) #define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR>>3) #define S_IXOTH (S_IXGRP>>3) #define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR>>3) #define S_ISVTX 01000 #define S_IXUSR 0x0040 #define S_IWUSR 0x0080 #define S_IRUSR 0x0100 #define S_ISGID 0x0400 #define S_ISUID 0x0800 #define S_IFIFO 0x1000 #define S_IFCHR 0x2000 #define S_IFDIR 0x4000 #define S_IFBLK 0x6000 #define S_IFREG 0x8000 #define S_IFLNK 0xa000 #define S_IFSOCK 0xc000 #define S_IFMT 0xf000 #define st_atime st_atim.tv_sec #define st_ctime st_ctim.tv_sec #define st_mtime st_mtim.tv_sec #define S_IREAD S_IRUSR #define S_IWRITE S_IWUSR #define S_IEXEC S_IXUSR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/time.h #define ITIMER_REAL 0 #define ITIMER_VIRTUAL 1 #define ITIMER_PROF 2 struct timezone { int tz_minuteswest; int tz_dsttime; } ; typedef int __itimer_which_t; struct timespec { time_t tv_sec; long tv_nsec; } ; struct timeval { time_t tv_sec; suseconds_t tv_usec; } ; struct itimerval { struct timeval it_interval; struct timeval it_value; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/timeb.h struct timeb { time_t time; unsigned short millitm; short timezone; short dstflag; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/times.h struct tms { clock_t tms_utime; clock_t tms_stime; clock_t tms_cutime; clock_t tms_cstime; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/types.h #define FD_ISSET(d,set) ((set)->fds_bits[((d)/(8*sizeof(long)))]& (1<<((d)%(8*sizeof(long))))) #define FD_CLR(d,set) ((set)->fds_bits[((d)/(8*sizeof(long)))]& =~(1<<((d)%(8*sizeof(long))))) #define FD_SET(d,set) ((set)->fds_bits[((d)/(8*sizeof(long)))]|=(1<<((d)%(8*sizeof(long))))) #define FALSE 0 #define TRUE 1 #define FD_SETSIZE 1024 #define FD_ZERO(fdsetp) bzero(fdsetp, sizeof(*(fdsetp))) typedef signed char int8_t; typedef short int16_t; typedef int int32_t; typedef unsigned char u_int8_t; typedef unsigned short u_int16_t; typedef unsigned int u_int32_t; typedef unsigned int uid_t; typedef int pid_t; typedef unsigned long off_t; typedef int key_t; typedef long suseconds_t; typedef unsigned int u_int; typedef struct { int __val[2]; } fsid_t; typedef unsigned int useconds_t; typedef unsigned long blksize_t; typedef long fd_mask; typedef int timer_t; typedef int clockid_t; typedef unsigned int id_t; typedef unsigned long long ino64_t; typedef long long loff_t; typedef unsigned long blkcnt_t; typedef unsigned long fsblkcnt_t; typedef unsigned long fsfilcnt_t; typedef unsigned long long blkcnt64_t; typedef unsigned long long fsblkcnt64_t; typedef unsigned long long fsfilcnt64_t; typedef unsigned char u_char; typedef unsigned short u_short; typedef unsigned long u_long; typedef unsigned long ino_t; typedef unsigned int gid_t; typedef unsigned long long dev_t; typedef unsigned int mode_t; typedef unsigned long nlink_t; typedef char *caddr_t; typedef struct { unsigned long fds_bits[__FDSET_LONGS]; } fd_set; typedef long clock_t; typedef long time_t; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/un.h #define UNIX_PATH_MAX 108 struct sockaddr_un { sa_family_t sun_family; char sun_path[UNIX_PATH_MAX]; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/utsname.h #define SYS_NMLN 65 struct utsname { char sysname[65]; char nodename[65]; char release[65]; char version[65]; char machine[65]; char domainname[65]; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sys/wait.h #define WIFSIGNALED(status) (!WIFSTOPPED(status) & & !WIFEXITED(status)) #define WIFSTOPPED(status) (((status) & 0xff) == 0x7f) #define WEXITSTATUS(status) (((status) & 0xff00) >> 8) #define WTERMSIG(status) ((status) & 0x7f) #define WCOREDUMP(status) ((status) & 0x80) #define WIFEXITED(status) (WTERMSIG(status) == 0) #define WNOHANG 0x00000001 #define WUNTRACED 0x00000002 #define WCOREFLAG 0x80 #define WSTOPSIG(status) WEXITSTATUS(status) typedef enum { P_ALL, P_PID, P_PGID } idtype_t; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- syslog.h #define LOG_EMERG 0 #define LOG_PRIMASK 0x07 #define LOG_ALERT 1 #define LOG_CRIT 2 #define LOG_ERR 3 #define LOG_WARNING 4 #define LOG_NOTICE 5 #define LOG_INFO 6 #define LOG_DEBUG 7 #define LOG_KERN (0<<3) #define LOG_AUTHPRIV (10<<3) #define LOG_FTP (11<<3) #define LOG_USER (1<<3) #define LOG_MAIL (2<<3) #define LOG_DAEMON (3<<3) #define LOG_AUTH (4<<3) #define LOG_SYSLOG (5<<3) #define LOG_LPR (6<<3) #define LOG_NEWS (7<<3) #define LOG_UUCP (8<<3) #define LOG_CRON (9<<3) #define LOG_FACMASK 0x03f8 #define LOG_LOCAL0 (16<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL1 (17<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL2 (18<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL3 (19<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL4 (20<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL5 (21<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL6 (22<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL7 (23<<3) #define LOG_UPTO(pri) ((1 << ((pri)+1)) - 1) #define LOG_MASK(pri) (1 << (pri)) #define LOG_PID 0x01 #define LOG_CONS 0x02 #define LOG_ODELAY 0x04 #define LOG_NDELAY 0x08 #define LOG_NOWAIT 0x10 #define LOG_PERROR 0x20 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- termios.h #define TCIFLUSH 0 #define TCOOFF 0 #define TCSANOW 0 #define BS0 0000000 #define CR0 0000000 #define FF0 0000000 #define NL0 0000000 #define TAB0 0000000 #define VT0 0000000 #define OPOST 0000001 #define OCRNL 0000010 #define ONOCR 0000020 #define ONLRET 0000040 #define OFILL 0000100 #define OFDEL 0000200 #define NL1 0000400 #define TCOFLUSH 1 #define TCOON 1 #define TCSADRAIN 1 #define TCIOFF 2 #define TCIOFLUSH 2 #define TCSAFLUSH 2 #define TCION 3 typedef unsigned int speed_t; typedef unsigned char cc_t; typedef unsigned int tcflag_t; #define NCCS 32 struct termios { tcflag_t c_iflag; tcflag_t c_oflag; tcflag_t c_cflag; tcflag_t c_lflag; cc_t c_line; cc_t c_cc[NCCS]; speed_t c_ispeed; speed_t c_ospeed; } ; #define VINTR 0 #define VQUIT 1 #define VLNEXT 15 #define VERASE 2 #define VKILL 3 #define VEOF 4 #define IGNBRK 0000001 #define BRKINT 0000002 #define IGNPAR 0000004 #define PARMRK 0000010 #define INPCK 0000020 #define ISTRIP 0000040 #define INLCR 0000100 #define IGNCR 0000200 #define ICRNL 0000400 #define IXANY 0004000 #define IMAXBEL 0020000 #define CS5 0000000 #define ECHO 0000010 #define B0 0000000 #define B50 0000001 #define B75 0000002 #define B110 0000003 #define B134 0000004 #define B150 0000005 #define B200 0000006 #define B300 0000007 #define B600 0000010 #define B1200 0000011 #define B1800 0000012 #define B2400 0000013 #define B4800 0000014 #define B9600 0000015 #define B19200 0000016 #define B38400 0000017 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- time.h #define CLK_TCK ((clock_t)__sysconf(2)) #define CLOCK_REALTIME 0 #define TIMER_ABSTIME 1 #define CLOCKS_PER_SEC 1000000l struct tm { int tm_sec; int tm_min; int tm_hour; int tm_mday; int tm_mon; int tm_year; int tm_wday; int tm_yday; int tm_isdst; long tm_gmtoff; char *tm_zone; } ; struct itimerspec { struct timespec it_interval; struct timespec it_value; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ulimit.h #define UL_GETFSIZE 1 #define UL_SETFSIZE 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- unistd.h #define SEEK_SET 0 #define STDIN_FILENO 0 #define SEEK_CUR 1 #define STDOUT_FILENO 1 #define SEEK_END 2 #define STDERR_FILENO 2 typedef long long off64_t; #define F_OK 0 #define X_OK 1 #define W_OK 2 #define R_OK 4 #define _POSIX_VDISABLE '\0' #define _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED 1 #define _POSIX_JOB_CONTROL 1 #define _POSIX_NO_TRUNC 1 #define _POSIX_SHELL 1 #define _POSIX_FSYNC 200112 #define _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES 200112 #define _POSIX_MEMLOCK 200112 #define _POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE 200112 #define _POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION 200112 #define _POSIX_SEMAPHORES 200112 #define _POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS 200112 #define _POSIX_TIMERS 200112 #define _POSIX2_C_BIND 200112L #define _POSIX2_VERSION 200112L #define _POSIX_THREADS 200112L #define _POSIX_VERSION 200112L #define _PC_LINK_MAX 0 #define _PC_MAX_CANON 1 #define _PC_ASYNC_IO 10 #define _PC_PRIO_IO 11 #define _PC_FILESIZEBITS 13 #define _PC_REC_INCR_XFER_SIZE 14 #define _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE 16 #define _PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN 17 #define _PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN 18 #define _PC_MAX_INPUT 2 #define _PC_2_SYMLINKS 20 #define _PC_NAME_MAX 3 #define _PC_PATH_MAX 4 #define _PC_PIPE_BUF 5 #define _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED 6 #define _PC_NO_TRUNC 7 #define _PC_VDISABLE 8 #define _PC_SYNC_IO 9 #define _SC_ARG_MAX 0 #define _SC_CHILD_MAX 1 #define _SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 10 #define _SC_TIMERS 11 #define _SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO 12 #define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32 125 #define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG 126 #define _SC_XBS5_LP64_OFF64 127 #define _SC_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG 128 #define _SC_XOPEN_LEGACY 129 #define _SC_PRIORITIZED_IO 13 #define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME 130 #define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS 131 #define _SC_ADVISORY_INFO 132 #define _SC_BARRIERS 133 #define _SC_CLOCK_SELECTION 137 #define _SC_CPUTIME 138 #define _SC_THREAD_CPUTIME 139 #define _SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO 14 #define _SC_MONOTONIC_CLOCK 149 #define _SC_FSYNC 15 #define _SC_READER_WRITER_LOCKS 153 #define _SC_SPIN_LOCKS 154 #define _SC_REGEXP 155 #define _SC_SHELL 157 #define _SC_SPAWN 159 #define _SC_MAPPED_FILES 16 #define _SC_SPORADIC_SERVER 160 #define _SC_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER 161 #define _SC_TIMEOUTS 164 #define _SC_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS 165 #define _SC_2_PBS_ACCOUNTING 169 #define _SC_MEMLOCK 17 #define _SC_2_PBS_LOCATE 170 #define _SC_2_PBS_MESSAGE 171 #define _SC_2_PBS_TRACK 172 #define _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX 173 #define _SC_2_PBS_CHECKPOINT 175 #define _SC_V6_ILP32_OFF32 176 #define _SC_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG 177 #define _SC_V6_LP64_OFF64 178 #define _SC_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG 179 #define _SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE 18 #define _SC_HOST_NAME_MAX 180 #define _SC_TRACE 181 #define _SC_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER 182 #define _SC_TRACE_INHERIT 183 #define _SC_TRACE_LOG 184 #define _SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION 19 #define _SC_CLK_TCK 2 #define _SC_MESSAGE_PASSING 20 #define _SC_SEMAPHORES 21 #define _SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS 22 #define _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX 23 #define _SC_AIO_MAX 24 #define _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX 25 #define _SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX 26 #define _SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX 27 #define _SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX 28 #define _SC_VERSION 29 #define _SC_NGROUPS_MAX 3 #define _SC_PAGESIZE 30 #define _SC_PAGE_SIZE 30 #define _SC_RTSIG_MAX 31 #define _SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX 32 #define _SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX 33 #define _SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX 34 #define _SC_TIMER_MAX 35 #define _SC_BC_BASE_MAX 36 #define _SC_BC_DIM_MAX 37 #define _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX 38 #define _SC_BC_STRING_MAX 39 #define _SC_OPEN_MAX 4 #define _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX 40 #define _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX 42 #define _SC_LINE_MAX 43 #define _SC_RE_DUP_MAX 44 #define _SC_2_VERSION 46 #define _SC_2_C_BIND 47 #define _SC_2_C_DEV 48 #define _SC_2_FORT_DEV 49 #define _SC_STREAM_MAX 5 #define _SC_2_FORT_RUN 50 #define _SC_2_SW_DEV 51 #define _SC_2_LOCALEDEF 52 #define _SC_TZNAME_MAX 6 #define _SC_IOV_MAX 60 #define _SC_THREADS 67 #define _SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS 68 #define _SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX 69 #define _SC_JOB_CONTROL 7 #define _SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX 70 #define _SC_LOGIN_NAME_MAX 71 #define _SC_TTY_NAME_MAX 72 #define _SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS 73 #define _SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX 74 #define _SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN 75 #define _SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX 76 #define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR 77 #define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE 78 #define _SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 79 #define _SC_SAVED_IDS 8 #define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 80 #define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT 81 #define _SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED 82 #define _SC_ATEXIT_MAX 87 #define _SC_PASS_MAX 88 #define _SC_XOPEN_VERSION 89 #define _SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS 9 #define _SC_XOPEN_UNIX 91 #define _SC_XOPEN_CRYPT 92 #define _SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N 93 #define _SC_XOPEN_SHM 94 #define _SC_2_CHAR_TERM 95 #define _SC_2_C_VERSION 96 #define _SC_2_UPE 97 #define _CS_PATH 0 #define _POSIX_REGEXP 1 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS 1100 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS 1101 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS 1102 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS 1103 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS 1104 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS 1105 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS 1106 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1107 #define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS 1108 #define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS 1109 #define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS 1110 #define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS 1111 #define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS 1112 #define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS 1113 #define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS 1114 #define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1115 #define _XOPEN_REALTIME 1 #define _XOPEN_XPG4 1 #define _XOPEN_XCU_VERSION 4 #define _XOPEN_VERSION 500 #define F_ULOCK 0 #define F_LOCK 1 #define F_TLOCK 2 #define F_TEST 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- utime.h struct utimbuf { time_t actime; time_t modtime; } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- utmp.h #define UT_HOSTSIZE 256 #define UT_LINESIZE 32 #define UT_NAMESIZE 32 struct exit_status { short e_termination; short e_exit; } ; #define EMPTY 0 #define RUN_LVL 1 #define BOOT_TIME 2 #define NEW_TIME 3 #define OLD_TIME 4 #define INIT_PROCESS 5 #define LOGIN_PROCESS 6 #define USER_PROCESS 7 #define DEAD_PROCESS 8 #define ACCOUNTING 9 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- wchar.h #define WEOF (0xffffffffu) #define WCHAR_MAX 0x7FFFFFFF #define WCHAR_MIN 0x80000000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- wctype.h typedef unsigned long wctype_t; typedef unsigned int wint_t; typedef const int32_t *wctrans_t; typedef struct { int count; wint_t value; } __mbstate_t; typedef __mbstate_t mbstate_t; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- wordexp.h enum { WRDE_DOOFFS, WRDE_APPEND, WRDE_NOCMD, WRDE_REUSE, WRDE_SHOWERR, WRDE_UNDEF, __WRDE_FLAGS } ; typedef struct { int we_wordc; char **we_wordv; int we_offs; } wordexp_t; enum { WRDE_NOSYS, WRDE_NOSPACE, WRDE_BADCHAR, WRDE_BADVAL, WRDE_CMDSUB, WRDE_SYNTAX } ; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interface Definitions for libc Table of Contents _IO_feof -- alias for feof _IO_getc -- alias for getc _IO_putc -- alias for putc _IO_puts -- alias for puts __assert_fail -- abort the program after false assertion __ctype_b_loc -- accessor function for __ctype_b array for ctype functions __ctype_get_mb_cur_max -- maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale __ctype_tolower_loc -- accessor function for __ctype_b_tolower array for ctype tolower() function __ctype_toupper_loc -- accessor function for __ctype_b_toupper array for ctype toupper() function __cxa_atexit -- register a function to be called by exit or when a shared library is unloaded __daylight -- Daylight savings time flag __environ -- alias for environ - user environment __errno_location -- address of errno variable __fpending -- returns in bytes the amount of output pending on a stream __getpagesize -- alias for getpagesize - get current page size __getpgid -- get the process group id __h_errno_location -- address of h_errno variable __isinf -- test for infinity __isinff -- test for infinity __isinfl -- test for infinity __isnan -- test for infinity __isnanf -- test for infinity __isnanl -- test for infinity __libc_current_sigrtmax -- return number of available real-time signal with lowest priority __libc_current_sigrtmin -- return number of available real-time signal with highest priority __libc_start_main -- initialization routine __lxstat -- inline wrapper around call to lxstat __mempcpy -- copy given number of bytes of source to destination __rawmemchr -- scan memory __register_atfork -- alias for register_atfork __sigsetjmp -- save stack context for non-local goto __stpcpy -- copy a string returning a pointer to its end __strdup -- alias for strdup __strtod_internal -- underlying function for strtod __strtof_internal -- underlying function for strtof __strtok_r -- alias for strtok_r __strtol_internal -- alias for strtol __strtold_internal -- underlying function for strtold __strtoll_internal -- underlying function for strtoll __strtoul_internal -- underlying function for strtoul __strtoull_internal -- underlying function for strtoull __sysconf -- get configuration information at runtime __sysv_signal -- signal handling __timezone -- global variable containing timezone __tzname -- global variable containing the timezone __wcstod_internal -- underlying function for wcstod __wcstof_internal -- underlying function for wcstof __wcstol_internal -- underlying function for wcstol __wcstold_internal -- underlying function for wcstold __wcstoul_internal -- underlying function for wcstoul __xmknod -- make block or character special file __xstat -- Get File Status __xstat64 -- Get File Status _environ -- alias for environ - user environment _nl_msg_cat_cntr -- new catalog load counter _obstack_begin -- initialize an obstack for use _obstack_newchunk -- allocate a new current chunk of memory for the obstack _sys_errlist -- array containing the "C" locale strings used by strerror() _sys_siglist -- array containing the names of the signal names acct -- switch process accounting on or off adjtime -- correct the time to allow synchronization of the system clock adjtimex -- tune kernel clock (DEPRECATED) asprintf -- write formatted output to a dynamically allocated string bind_textdomain_codeset -- specify encoding for message retrieval bindresvport -- bind socket to privileged IP port bindtextdomain -- specify the location of a message catalog cfmakeraw -- get and set terminal attributes cfsetspeed -- set terminal input and output data rate creat -- open a file daemon -- run in the background dcgettext -- perform domain and category specific lookup in message catalog dcngettext -- perform domain and category specific lookup in message catalog with plural dgettext -- perform lookup in message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale dngettext -- perform lookup in message catalog for the current locale err -- display formatted error messages error -- print error message errx -- display formatted error message and exit fcntl -- file control fflush_unlocked -- non thread safe fflush fgetwc_unlocked -- non thread safe fgetwc flock -- apply or remove an advisory lock on an open file fopen -- open a file freopen -- open a file getdomainname -- get NIS domain name (DEPRECATED). gethostbyname_r -- find network host database entry matching host name (DEPRECATED) getloadavg -- get system load averages getopt -- parse command line options getopt_long -- parse command line options getopt_long_only -- parse command line options gettext -- Search message catalogs for a string getutent -- access user accounting database entries getutent_r -- access user accounting database entries glob64 -- find pathnames matching a pattern (Large File Support) globfree64 -- free memory from glob64() (Large File Support) initgroups -- initialize the supplementary group access list ioctl -- control device sockio -- socket ioctl commands kill -- send a signal mbsnrtowcs -- convert a multibyte string to a wide character string memmem -- locate bytes memrchr -- scan memory for a character ngettext -- Search message catalogs for plural string obstack_free -- free an object in the obstack open -- open a file opterr -- external variable used in getopt() optind -- external variable used in getopt() optopt -- external variable used in getopt() pmap_getport -- Find the port number assigned to a service registered with a portmapper. pmap_set -- Establishes mapping to machine's RPC Bind service. pmap_unset -- Destroys RPC Binding psignal -- print signal message random_r -- generate random number setbuffer -- stream buffering operation setdomainname -- set NIS domain name (DEPRECATED). setgroups -- set list of supplementary group IDs sethostid -- set the unique identifier of the current host sethostname -- set host name setsockopt -- set options on sockets setutent -- access user accounting database entries sigandset -- build a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical AND sigblock -- manipulate the signal mask siggetmask -- manipulate the signal mask sigisemptyset -- check for empty signal set sigorset -- build a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical OR sigreturn -- return from signal handler and cleanup stack frame stime -- set time stpcpy -- copy a string returning a pointer to its end stpncpy -- copy a fixed-size string, returning a pointer to its end strcasestr -- locate a substring ignoring case strerror_r -- reentrant version of strerror strfry -- randomize a string strndup -- return a malloc'd copy of at most the specified number of bytes of a string strnlen -- determine the length of a fixed-size string strptime -- parse a time string strsep -- extract token from string strsignal -- return string describing signal strtoq -- convert string value to a long or quad_t integer strtouq -- convert a string to an uquad_t strverscmp -- compare strings holding name and indices/version numbers svc_register -- Register Remote Procedure Call Interface svc_run -- Waits for RPC requests to arrive and calls service procedure. svc_sendreply -- called by RPC service's dispatch routine svctcp_create -- Creates a TCP/IP-based RPC service transport. svcudp_create -- Creates a UDP-based RPC service transport. system -- execute a shell command textdomain -- set the current default message domain unlink -- remove a directory entry vasprintf -- write formatted output to a dynamically allocated string vdprintf -- write formatted output to a file descriptor verrx -- display formatted error message and exit vsyslog -- log to system log wait3 -- wait for child process wait4 -- wait for process termination, BSD style waitpid -- wait for child process warn -- formatted error messages warnx -- formatted error messages wcpcpy -- copy a wide character string, returning a pointer to its end wcpncpy -- copy a fixed-size string of wide characters, returning a pointer to its end wcscasecmp -- compare two wide-character strings, ignoring case wcsdup -- duplicate a wide-character string wcsncasecmp -- compare two fixed-size wide-character strings, ignoring case wcsnlen -- determine the length of a fixed-size wide-character string wcsnrtombs -- convert a wide character string to a multi-byte string wcstoq -- convert wide string to long long int representation wcstouq -- convert wide string to unsigned long long int representation xdr_u_int -- library routines for external data representation The following interfaces are included in libc and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard. Other interfaces listed above for libc shall behave as described in the referenced base document. _IO_feof Name _IO_feof -- alias for feof Synopsis int _IO_feof(_IO_FILE *__fp); Description _IO_feof tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by __fp, returning a non-zero value if it is set. _IO_feof is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. _IO_getc Name _IO_getc -- alias for getc Synopsis int _IO_getc(_IO_FILE *__fp); Description _IO_getc reads the next character from __fp and returns it as an unsigned char cast to an int, or EOF on end-of-file or error. _IO_getc is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. _IO_putc Name _IO_putc -- alias for putc Synopsis int _IO_putc(int __c, _IO_FILE *__fp); Description _IO_putc writes the character __c, cast to an unsigned char, to __fp. _IO_putc is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. _IO_puts Name _IO_puts -- alias for puts Synopsis int _IO_puts(const char *__c); Description _IO_puts writes the string __s and a trailing newline to stdout. _IO_puts is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __assert_fail Name __assert_fail -- abort the program after false assertion Synopsis void __assert_fail(const char *assertion, const char *file, unsigned int line, const char *function); Description The __assert_fail function is used to implement the assert interface of ISO POSIX (2003). The __assert_fail function shall print the given file filename, line line number, function function name and a message on the standard error stream in an unspecified format, and abort program execution via the abort function. For example: a.c:10: foobar: Assertion a == b failed. If function is NULL, __assert_fail shall omit information about the function. assertion, file, and line shall be non-NULL. The __assert_fail function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. The assert interface is not in the binary standard; it is only in the source standard. The assert may be implemented as a macro. __ctype_b_loc Name __ctype_b_loc -- accessor function for __ctype_b array for ctype functions Synopsis #include const unsigned short int **ctype_b_loc (void); Description The __ctype_b_loc function shall return a pointer into an array of characters in the current locale that contains characteristics for each character in the current character set. The array shall contain a total of 384 characters, and can be indexed with any signed or unsigned char (i.e. with an index value between -128 and 255). If the application is multithreaded, the array shall be local to the current thread. This interface is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. Return Value The __ctype_b_loc function shall return a pointer to the array of characters to be used for the ctype family of functions (see ). __ctype_get_mb_cur_max Name __ctype_get_mb_cur_max -- maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale Synopsis size_t __ctype_get_mb_cur_max(void); Description __ctype_get_mb_cur_max returns the maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale. __ctype_get_mb_cur_max is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __ctype_tolower_loc Name __ctype_tolower_loc -- accessor function for __ctype_b_tolower array for ctype tolower() function Synopsis #include int32_t **__ctype_tolower_loc(void); Description The __ctype_tolower_loc function shall return a pointer into an array characters in the current locale that contains lower case equivalents for each character in the current character set. The array shall contain a total of 384 characters, and can be indexed with any signed or unsigned char (i.e. with an index value between -128 and 255). If the application is multithreaded, the array shall be local to the current thread. This interface is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __ctype_toupper_loc Name __ctype_toupper_loc -- accessor function for __ctype_b_toupper array for ctype toupper() function Synopsis #include int32_t **__ctype_toupper_loc(void); Description The __ctype_toupper_loc function shall return a pointer into an array characters in the current locale that contains upper case equivalents for each character in the current character set. The array shall contain a total of 384 characters, and can be indexed with any signed or unsigned char (i.e. with an index value between -128 and 255). If the application is multithreaded, the array shall be local to the current thread. This interface is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __cxa_atexit Name __cxa_atexit -- register a function to be called by exit or when a shared library is unloaded Synopsis int __cxa_atexit(void (*func) (void *), void *arg, void *dso_handle); Description __cxa_atexit registers a function to be called by exit or when a shared library is unloaded. The __cxa_atexit function is used to implement atexit, as described in ISO POSIX (2003). Calling atexit(func) from the statically linked part of an application shall be equivalent to __cxa_atexit(func, NULL, NULL) . __cxa_atexit is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. atexit is not in the binary standard; it is only in the source standard. __daylight Name __daylight -- Daylight savings time flag Synopsis int __daylight; Description The integer variable __daylight shall implement the daylight savings time flag daylight as specified in the ISO POSIX (2003) header file . __daylight is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. daylight is not in the binary standard; it is only in the source standard. __environ Name __environ -- alias for environ - user environment Synopsis extern char **__environ; Description __environ is an alias for environ - user environment. __environ has the same specification as environ. __environ is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __errno_location Name __errno_location -- address of errno variable Synopsis int *__errno_location(void); Description __errno_location is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __fpending Name __fpending -- returns in bytes the amount of output pending on a stream Synopsis #include size_t __fpending(FILE *stream); Description __fpending returns the amount of output in bytes pending on a stream. __fpending is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __getpagesize Name __getpagesize -- alias for getpagesize - get current page size Synopsis int __getpagesize(void); Description __getpagesize is an alias for getpagesize - get current page size. __getpagesize has the same specification as getpagesize. __getpagesize is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __getpgid Name __getpgid -- get the process group id Synopsis pid_t __getpgid(pid_t pid); Description __getpgid has the same specification as getpgid. __getpgid is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __h_errno_location Name __h_errno_location -- address of h_errno variable Synopsis int *__h_errno_location(void); Description __h_errno_location returns the address of the h_errno variable, where h_errno is as specified in the Single Unix Specification. __h_errno_location is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. Note that h_errno itself is only in the source standard; it is not in the binary standard. __isinf Name __isinf -- test for infinity Synopsis int __isinf(double arg); Description __isinf has the same specification as isinf in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, except that the argument type for __isinf is known to be double. __isinf is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __isinff Name __isinff -- test for infinity Synopsis int __isinff(float arg); Description __isinff has the same specification as isinf in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, except that the argument type for __isinff is known to be float. __isinff is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __isinfl Name __isinfl -- test for infinity Synopsis int __isinfl(long double arg); Description __isinfl has the same specification as isinf in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, except that the argument type for __isinfl is known to be long double. __isinfl is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __isnan Name __isnan -- test for infinity Synopsis int __isnan(double arg); Description __isnan has the same specification as isnan in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, except that the argument type for __isnan is known to be double. __isnan is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __isnanf Name __isnanf -- test for infinity Synopsis int __isnanf(float arg); Description __isnanf has the same specification as isnan in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, except that the argument type for __isnanf is known to be float. __isnanf is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __isnanl Name __isnanl -- test for infinity Synopsis int __isnanl(long double arg); Description __isnanl has the same specification as isnan in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, except that the argument type for __isnanl is known to be long double. __isnanl is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __libc_current_sigrtmax Name __libc_current_sigrtmax -- return number of available real-time signal with lowest priority Synopsis int __libc_current_sigrtmax(void); Description __libc_current_sigrtmax returns the number of an available real-time signal with the lowest priority. __libc_current_sigrtmax is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __libc_current_sigrtmin Name __libc_current_sigrtmin -- return number of available real-time signal with highest priority Synopsis int __libc_current_sigrtmin(void); Description __libc_current_sigrtmin returns the number of an available real-time signal with the highest priority. __libc_current_sigrtmin is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __libc_start_main Name __libc_start_main -- initialization routine Synopsis int __libc_start_main(int (*main) (int, char**, char**), int argc, char *__unbounded *__unbounded ubp_av, void (*init) (void), void (*fini) (void), void (*rtld_fini) (void), void (*__unbounded stack_end)); Description The __libc_start_main function shall initialize the process, call the main function with appropriate arguments, and handle the return from main. __libc_start_main is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __lxstat Name __lxstat -- inline wrapper around call to lxstat Synopsis #include int __lxstat(int version, char *__path, (struct stat *__statbuf)); Description __lxstat is an inline wrapper around call to lxstat. __lxstat is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __mempcpy Name __mempcpy -- copy given number of bytes of source to destination Synopsis #include ptr_t __mempcpy(ptr_t restrict dest, const ptr_t restrict src, size_t n); Description __mempcpy copies n bytes of source to destination, returning pointer to bytes after the last written byte. __mempcpy is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __rawmemchr Name __rawmemchr -- scan memory Synopsis #include ptr_t __rawmemchr(const ptr_t s, int c); Description __rawmemchr searches in s for c. __rawmemchr is a weak alias to rawmemchr. It is similar to memchr, but it has no length limit. __rawmemchr is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __register_atfork Name __register_atfork -- alias for register_atfork Synopsis int __register_atfork(void (*prepare)(), void (*parent)(), void (*child)(), void *__dso_handle); Description __register_atfork implements pthread_atfork as specified in ISO POSIX (2003). The additional parameter __dso_handle allows a shared object to pass in it's handle so that functions registered by __register_atfork can be unregistered by the runtime when the shared object is unloaded. __sigsetjmp Name __sigsetjmp -- save stack context for non-local goto Synopsis int __sigsetjmp(jmp_buf env, int savemask); Description __sigsetjmp has the same behavior as sigsetjmp as specified by ISO POSIX (2003) . __sigsetjmp is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __stpcpy Name __stpcpy -- copy a string returning a pointer to its end Synopsis #include char *__stpcpy(char *dest, const char *src); Description __stpcpy copies the string src (including the terminating /0 character) to the array dest. The strings may not overlap, and dest must be large enough to receive the copy. Return Value __stpcpy returns a pointer to the end of the string dest (that is, the address of the terminating NULL character) rather than the beginning. __stpcpy has the same specification as stpcpy. __stpcpy is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __strdup Name __strdup -- alias for strdup Synopsis char *__strdup(const char string); Description __strdup has the same specification as strdup. __strdup is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __strtod_internal Name __strtod_internal -- underlying function for strtod Synopsis double __strtod_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __group); Description __group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtod_internal is undefined. __strtod_internal(__nptr, __endptr, 0) has the same specification as strtod (__nptr, __endptr). __strtod_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __strtof_internal Name __strtof_internal -- underlying function for strtof Synopsis float __strtof_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __group); Description __group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtof_internal is undefined. __strtof_internal(__nptr, __endptr, 0) has the same specification as strtof (__nptr, __endptr). __strtof_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __strtok_r Name __strtok_r -- alias for strtok_r Synopsis char *__strtok_r(char *__restrict s, __const char *__restrict delim, char **__restrict save_ptr); Description __strtok_r has the same specification as strtok_r. __strtok_r is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __strtol_internal Name __strtol_internal -- alias for strtol Synopsis long int __strtol_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __base, int __group); Description __group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtol_internal is undefined. __strtol_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, 0) has the same specification as strtol(__nptr, __endptr, __base). __strtol_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __strtold_internal Name __strtold_internal -- underlying function for strtold Synopsis long double __strtold_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __group); Description __group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtold_internal is undefined. __strtold_internal(__nptr, __endptr, 0) has the same specification as strtold (__nptr, __endptr). __strtold_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __strtoll_internal Name __strtoll_internal -- underlying function for strtoll Synopsis long long __strtoll_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __base, int __group); Description __group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtoll_internal is undefined. __strtoll_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, 0) has the same specification as strtoll(__nptr, __endptr, __base). __strtoll_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __strtoul_internal Name __strtoul_internal -- underlying function for strtoul Synopsis unsigned long int __strtoul_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __base, int __group); Description __group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtoul_internal is undefined. __strtoul_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, 0) has the same specification as strtoul(__nptr, __endptr, __base). __strtoul_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __strtoull_internal Name __strtoull_internal -- underlying function for strtoull Synopsis unsigned long long __strtoull_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __base, int __group); Description __group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtoull_internal is undefined. __strtoull_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, 0) has the same specification as strtoull(__nptr, __endptr, __base). __strtoull_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __sysconf Name __sysconf -- get configuration information at runtime Synopsis #include long __sysconf(int name); Description __sysconf gets configuration information at runtime. __sysconf is weak alias to sysconf. __sysconf has the same specification as sysconf. __sysconf is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __sysv_signal Name __sysv_signal -- signal handling Synopsis __sighandler_t __sysv_signal(int sig, __sighandler_t handler); Description __sysv_signal has the same behavior as signal as specified by ISO POSIX (2003). __sysv_signal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __timezone Name -- global variable containing timezone Synopsis long int __timezone; Description __timezone has the same specification as timezone in the ISO POSIX (2003) __tzname Name -- global variable containing the timezone Synopsis char *__tzname[2]; Description __tzname has the same specification as tzname in the ISO POSIX (2003). Note that the array size of 2 is explicit in the ISO POSIX (2003), but not in the SUSv2. __wcstod_internal Name __wcstod_internal -- underlying function for wcstod Synopsis double __wcstod_internal(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int group); Description group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstod_internal is undefined. __wcstod_internal(nptr, endptr, 0) has the same specification as wcstod(nptr, endptr). __wcstod_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __wcstof_internal Name __wcstof_internal -- underlying function for wcstof Synopsis float __wcstof_internal(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int group); Description group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstof_internal is undefined. __wcstof_internal(nptr, endptr, 0) has the same specification as wcstof(nptr, endptr). __wcstof_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __wcstol_internal Name __wcstol_internal -- underlying function for wcstol Synopsis long __wcstol_internal(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int base, int group); Description group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstol_internal is undefined. __wcstol_internal(nptr, endptr, base, 0) has the same specification as wcstol (nptr, endptr, base). __wcstol_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __wcstold_internal Name __wcstold_internal -- underlying function for wcstold Synopsis long double __wcstold_internal(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int group); Description group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstold_internal is undefined. __wcstold_internal(nptr, endptr, 0) has the same specification as wcstold(nptr, endptr). __wcstold_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __wcstoul_internal Name __wcstoul_internal -- underlying function for wcstoul Synopsis unsigned long __wcstoul_internal(const wchar_t *restrict nptr, wchar_t **restrict endptr, int base, int group); Description group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstoul_internal is undefined. __wcstoul_internal(nptr, endptr, base, 0) has the same specification as wcstoul (nptr, endptr, base). __wcstoul_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. __xmknod Name __xmknod -- make block or character special file Synopsis int __xmknod(int ver, const char *path, mode_t mode, dev_t *dev); Description The __xmknod shall implement the mknod interface from ISO POSIX (2003). __xmknod(1, path, mode, dev) has the same specification as mknod(path, mode, dev). ver shall be 1 or the behavior of __xmknod is undefined. The __xmknod function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. The mknod function is not in the binary standard; it is only in the source standard. __xstat Name __xstat -- Get File Status Synopsis #include #include int __xstat(int ver, const char *path, (struct stat *stat_buf)); int __lxstat(int ver, const char *path, (struct stat *stat_buf)); int __fxstat(int ver, int fildes, (struct stat *stat_buf)); Description The functions __xstat, __lxstat, and __fxstat shall implement the ISO POSIX (2003) functions stat, lstat, and fstat respectively. ver shall be 3 or the behavior of these functions is undefined. __xstat(3, path, stat_buf) shall behave as stat(path, stat_buf) as specified by ISO POSIX (2003). __lxstat(3, path, stat_buf) shall behave as lstat(path, stat_buf) as specified by ISO POSIX (2003). __fxstat(3, fildes, stat_buf) shall behave as fstat(fildes, stat_buf) as specified by ISO POSIX (2003). __xstat, __lxstat, and __fxstat are not in the source standard; they are only in the binary standard. stat, lstat, and fstat are not in the binary standard; they are only in the source standard. __xstat64 Name __xstat64 -- Get File Status Synopsis #define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 #include #include int __xstat64(int ver, const char *path, (struct stat64 *stat_buf)); int __lxstat64(int ver, const char *path, (struct stat64 *stat_buf)); int __fxstat64(int ver, int fildes, (struct stat64 *stat_buf)); Description The functions __xstat64, __lxstat64, and __fxstat64 shall implement the Large File Support functions stat64, lstat64, and fstat64 respectively. ver shall be 3 or the behavior of these functions is undefined. __xstat64(3, path, stat_buf) shall behave as stat(path, stat_buf) as specified by Large File Support. __lxstat64(3, path, stat_buf) shall behave as lstat(path, stat_buf) as specified by Large File Support. __fxstat64(3, fildes, stat_buf) shall behave as fstat(fildes, stat_buf) as specified by Large File Support. __xstat64, __lxstat64, and __fxstat64 are not in the source standard; they are only in the binary standard. stat64, lstat64, and fstat64 are not in the binary standard; they are only in the source standard. _environ Name _environ -- alias for environ - user environment Synopsis extern char **_environ; Description _environ is an alias for environ - user environment. _nl_msg_cat_cntr Name _nl_msg_cat_cntr -- new catalog load counter Synopsis #include extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; Description _nl_msg_cat_cntr is incremented each time a new catalong is loaded. It is a variable defined in loadmsgcat.c and is used by Message catalogs for internationalization. _obstack_begin Name _obstack_begin -- initialize an obstack for use Synopsis #include int _obstack_begin(struct obstack *, int, int, void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *)); Description _obstack_begin initializes an obstack for use. Future Directions Future versions of this specification may not include support for this interface. _obstack_newchunk Name _obstack_newchunk -- allocate a new current chunk of memory for the obstack Synopsis #include void _obstack_newchunk(struct obstack *, int); Description _obstack_newchunk allocates a new current chunk of memory for the obstack. Future Directions Future versions of this specification may not include support for this interface. _sys_errlist Name _sys_errlist -- array containing the "C" locale strings used by strerror() Synopsis #include extern const char *const _sys_errlist[]; Description _sys_errlist is an array containing the "C" locale strings used by strerror. This normally should not be used directly. strerror provides all of the needed functionality. _sys_siglist Name _sys_siglist -- array containing the names of the signal names Synopsis #include extern const char *const _sys_siglist[NSIG]; Description _sys_siglist is an array containing the names of the signal names. The _sys_siglist array is only in the binary standard; it is not in the source standard. Applications wishing to access the names of signals should use the strsignal function. acct Name acct -- switch process accounting on or off Synopsis #include int acct(const char *filename); Description When filename is the name of an existing file, acct turns accounting on and appends a record to filename for each terminating process. When filename is NULL, acct turns accounting off. Return Value On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately. Errors ENOSYS BSD process accounting has not been enabled when the operating system kernel was compiled. The kernel configuration parameter controlling this feature is CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT. ENOMEM Out of memory. EPERM The calling process has no permission to enable process accounting. EACCES filename is not a regular file. EIO Error writing to the filename. EUSERS There are no more free file structures or we run out of memory. adjtime Name adjtime -- correct the time to allow synchronization of the system clock Synopsis #include int adjtime((const struct timeval *delta), (struct timeval *olddelta)); Description adjtime makes small adjustments to the system time as returned by gettimeofday (2), advancing or retarding it by the time specified by the timeval delta. If delta is negative, the clock is slowed down by incrementing it more slowly than normal until the correction is complete. If delta is positive, a larger increment than normal is used. The skew used to perform the correction is generally a fraction of one percent. Thus, the time is always a monotonically increasing function. A time correction from an earlier call to adjtime may not be finished when adjtime is called again. If olddelta is non-NULL, the structure pointed to will contain, upon return, the number of microseconds still to be corrected from the earlier call. adjtime may be used by time servers that synchronize the clocks of computers in a local area network. Such time servers would slow down the clocks of some machines and speed up the clocks of others to bring them to the average network time. The adjtime is restricted to the super-user. Return Value On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately. Errors EFAULT An argument points outside the process's allocated address space. EPERM The process's effective user ID is not that of the super-user. adjtimex Name adjtimex -- tune kernel clock (DEPRECATED) Synopsis #include int adjtimex((struct timex *buf)); Description The adjtimex function is deprecated from the LSB and is expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB. Note: The LSB generally does not include interfaces unlikely to be used by software applications. Linux uses David L. Mills' clock adjustment algorithm (see RFC 1305). adjtimex reads and optionally sets adjustment parameters for this algorithm. adjtimex takes a pointer to a timex structure, updates kernel parameters from field values, and returns the same structure with current kernel values. This structure is declared as follows: struct timex { int modes; /* mode selector */ long offset; /* time offset (usec) */ long freq; /* frequency offset (scaled ppm) */ long maxerror; /* maximum error (usec) */ long esterror; /* estimated error (usec) */ int status; /* clock command/status */ long constant; /* pll time constant */ long precision; /* clock precision (usec) (read only) */ long tolerance; /* clock frequency tolerance (ppm) (read only) */ struct timeval time; /* current time (read only) */ long tick; /* usecs between clock ticks */ }; modes determines which parameters, if any, to set. modes may contain a bitwise-or combination of zero or more of the following bits: #define ADJ_OFFSET 0x0001 /* time offset */ #define ADJ_FREQUENCY 0x0002 /* frequency offset */ #define ADJ_MAXERROR 0x0004 /* maximum time error */ #define ADJ_ESTERROR 0x0008 /* estimated time error */ #define ADJ_STATUS 0x0010 /* clock status */ #define ADJ_TIMECONST 0x0020 /* pll time constant */ #define ADJ_TICK 0x4000 /* tick value */ #define ADJ_OFFSET_SINGLESHOT 0x8001 /* old-fashioned adjtime */ Ordinary users are restricted to a 0 value for modes. Only the superuser may set any parameters. Return Value On success, adjtimex returns the clock state: #define TIME_OK 0 /* clock synchronized */ #define TIME_INS 1 /* insert leap second */ #define TIME_DEL 2 /* delete leap second */ #define TIME_OOP 3 /* leap second in progress */ #define TIME_WAIT 4 /* leap second has occurred */ #define TIME_BAD 5 /* clock not synchronized */ On error, the global variable errno is set to -1. Errors EFAULT buf does not point to writable memory. EPERM buf.mode is nonzero and the user is not super-user. EINVAL An attempt is made to set buf.offset to a value outside of the range -131071 to +131071, or to set buf.status to a value other than those listed above, or to set buf.tick to a value outside of the range 900000/HZ to 1100000/HZ, where HZ is the system timer interrupt frequency. asprintf Name asprintf -- write formatted output to a dynamically allocated string Synopsis #include int asprintf(char ** restrict ptr, const char * restrict format ...); Description The asprintf function shall behave as sprintf, except that the output string shall be dynamically allocated space of sufficient length to hold the resulting string. The address of this dynamically allocated string shall be stored in the location referenced by ptr. Return Value Refer to fprintf. Errors Refer to fprintf. bind_textdomain_codeset Name bind_textdomain_codeset -- specify encoding for message retrieval Synopsis #include char * bind_textdomain_codeset (const char * domainname , const char * codeset ); Description The bind_textdomain_codeset function can be used to specify the output codeset for message catalogs for domain domainname. The codeset argument shall be a valid codeset name which can be used tor the iconv_open function, or a null pointer. If the codeset argument is the null pointer, then function returns the currently selected codeset for the domain with the name domainname. It shall return a null pointer if no codeset has yet been selected Each successive call to bind_textdomain_codeset function overrrides the settings made by the preceding call with the same domainname. The bind_textdomain_codeset function shall return a pointer to a string containing the name of the selected codeset. The string shall be allocated internally in the function and shall not be changed or freed by the user. The bind_textdomain_codeset function returns a pointer to a string containing the name of the selected codeset. The string is allocated internally in the function and shall not be changed by the user. Parameters domainname The domainname argument is applied to the currently active LC_MESSAGE locale. It is equivalent in syntax and meaning to the domainname argument to textdomain, except that the selection of the domain is valid only for the duration of the call. codeset The name of the output codeset for the selected domain, or NULL to select the current codeset. If domainname is the null pointer, or is an empty string, bind_textdomain_codeset shall fail, but need not set errno. Return Value Returns the currently selected codeset name. It returns a null pointer if no codeset has yet been selected. Errors ENOMEM Insufficient memory available to allocate return value. See Also gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain bindresvport Name bindresvport -- bind socket to privileged IP port Synopsis #include #include int bindresvport(int sd, struct sockaddr_in *sin); Description If the process has appropriate privilege, the bindresvport function shall bind a socket to a privileged IP port. Return Value On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately. Errors EPERM The process did not have appropriate privilege. EPFNOSUPPORT Address of sin did not match address family of sd. bindtextdomain Name bindtextdomain -- specify the location of a message catalog Synopsis #include char *bindtextdomain(const char *domainname, const char *dirname); Description The bindtextdomain shall set the the base directory of the hierarchy containing message catalogs for a given message domain. The bindtextdomain function specifies that the domainname message catalog can be found in the dirname directory hierarchy, rather than in the system default locale data base. If dirname is not NULL, the base directory for message catalogs belonging to domain domainname shall be set to dirname. If dirname is NULL, the base directory for message catalogs shall not be altered. The function shall make copies of the argument strings as needed. dirname can be an absolute or relative pathname. Note: Applications that wish to use chdir should always use absolute pathnames to avoid misadvertently selecting the wrong or non-existant directory. If domainname is the null pointer, or is an empty string, bindtextdomain shall fail, but need not set errno. The bindtextdomain function shall return a pointer to a string containing the name of the selected directory. The string shall be allocated internally in the function and shall not be changed or freed by the user. Return Value On success, bindtextdomain shall return a pointer to a string containing the directory pathname currently bound to the domain. On failure, a NULL pointer is returned, and the global variable errno may be set to indicate the error. Errors ENOMEM Insufficient memory was available. See Also gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset cfmakeraw Name cfmakeraw -- get and set terminal attributes Synopsis #include void cfmakeraw(struct termios *termios_p); Description The cfmakeraw function shall set the attributes of the termios structure referenced by termios_p as follows: termios_p->c_iflag &= ~(IGNBRK|BRKINT|PARMRK|ISTRIP |INLCR|IGNCR|ICRNL|IXON); termios_p->c_oflag &= ~OPOST; termios_p->c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ECHONL|ICANON|ISIG|IEXTEN); termios_p->c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE|PARENB); termios_p->c_cflag |= CS8; termios_p shall point to a termios structure that contains the following members: tcflag_t c_iflag; /* input modes */ tcflag_t c_oflag; /* output modes */ tcflag_t c_cflag; /* control modes */ tcflag_t c_lflag; /* local modes */ cc_t c_cc[NCCS]; /* control chars */ cfsetspeed Name cfsetspeed -- set terminal input and output data rate Synopsis #include int cfsetspeed(struct termios *t, speedt speed); Description cfsetspeed sets the baud rate values in the termios structure. The effects of the function on the terminal as described below do not become effective, nor are all errors detected, until the tcsetattr function is called. Certain values for baud rates set in termios and passed to tcsetattr have special meanings. Getting and Setting the Baud Rate Input and output baud rates are found in the termios structure. The unsigned integer speed_t is typdef'd in the include file termios.h. The value of the integer corresponds directly to the baud rate being represented; however, the following symbolic values are defined. #define B0 0 #define B50 50 #define B75 75 #define B110 110 #define B134 134 #define B150 150 #define B200 200 #define B300 300 #define B600 600 #define B1200 1200 #define B1800 1800 #define B2400 2400 #define B4800 4800 #define B9600 9600 #define B19200 19200 #define B38400 38400 #ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE #define EXTA 19200 #define EXTB 38400 #endif /*_POSIX_SOURCE */ cfsetspeed sets both the input and output baud rates in the termios structure referenced by t to speed. Return Value On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately. Errors EINVAL Invalid speed argument creat Name creat -- open a file Description creat is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. May return ENODEV in place of ENXIO Where the ISO POSIX (2003) specifies an ENXIO return, the implementation may return either ENXIO or ENODEV. Implementations are encouraged to return ENXIO. Note: As of spring 2004, we don't know of any Linux kernel patches to switch to ENXIO, but we believe that such a kernel patch would be accepted if submitted. daemon Name daemon -- run in the background Synopsis #include int daemon(int nochdir, int noclose); Description The daemon function shall create a new process, detached from the controlling terminal. If successful, the calling process shall exit and the new process shall continue to execute the application in the background. If nochdir evaluates to true, the current directory shall not be changed. Otherwise, daemon shall change the current working directory to the root (`/'). If noclose evaluates to true the standard input, standard output, and standard error file descriptors shall not be altered. Otherwise, daemon shall close the standard input, standard output and standard error file descriptors and reopen them attached to /dev/null. Return Value On error, -1 is returned, and the global variable errno is set to any of the errors specified for the library functions fork and setsid. dcgettext Name dcgettext -- perform domain and category specific lookup in message catalog Synopsis #include #include char *dcgettext(const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category); Description The dcgettext function is a domain specified version of gettext. The dcgettext function shall lookup the translation in the current locale of the message identified by msgid in the domain specified by domainname and in the locale category specified by category. If domainname is NULL, the current default domain shall be used. The msgid argument shall be a NULL-terminated string to be matched in the catalogue. category shall specify the locale category to be used for retrieving message strings. The category parameter shall be one of LC_CTYPE, LC_COLLATE, LC_MESSAGES, LC_MONETARY, LC_NUMERIC, or LC_TIME. The default domain shall not be changed by a call to dcgettext. Return Value If a translation was found in one of the specified catalogs, it shall be converted to the current locale's codeset and returned. The resulting NULL-terminated string shall be allocated by the dcgettext function, and must not be modified or freed. If no translation was found, or category was invalid, msgid shall be returned. Errors dcgettext shall not modify the errno global variable. See Also gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset dcngettext Name dcngettext -- perform domain and category specific lookup in message catalog with plural Synopsis #include #include char *dcngettext(const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, int category); Description The dcngettext function is a domain specific version of gettext, capable of returning either a singular or plural form of the message. The dcngettext function shall lookup the translation in the current locale of the message identified by msgid1 in the domain specified by domainname and in the locale category specified by category. If domainname is NULL, the current default domain shall be used. The msgid1 argument shall be a NULL-terminated string to be matched in the catalogue. category shall specify the locale category to be used for retrieving message strings. The category parameter shall be one of LC_CTYPE, LC_COLLATE, LC_MESSAGES, LC_MONETARY, LC_NUMERIC, or LC_TIME. The default domain shall not be changed by a call to dcgettext. If n is 1 then the singular version of the message is returned, otherwise one of the plural forms is returned, depending on the value of n and the current locale settings. Return Value If a translation corresponding to the value of n was found in one of the specified catalogs for msgid1, it shall be converted to the current locale's codeset and returned. The resulting NULL-terminated string shall be allocated by the dcngettext function, and must not be modified or freed. If no translation was found, or category was invalid, msgid1 shall be returned if n has the value 1, otherwise msgid2 shall be returned. Errors dcngettext shall not modify the errno global variable. See Also gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset dgettext Name dgettext -- perform lookup in message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale Synopsis #include char *dgettext(const char *domainname, const char *msgid); Description dgettext is a domain specified version of gettext. Parameters domainname dgettext applies domainname to the currently active LC_MESSAGE locale. This usage is equivalent in syntax and meaning to the textdomain function's application of domainname, except that the selection of the domain in dgettext is valid only for the duration of the call. msgid a NULL-terminated string to be matched in the catalogue with respect to a specific domain and the current locale. Return Value On success of a msgid query, the translated NULL-terminated string is returned. On error, the original msgid is returned. The length of the string returned is undetermined until dgettext is called. Errors dgettext will not modify the errno global variable. See Also gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset dngettext Name dngettext -- perform lookup in message catalog for the current locale Synopsis #include char *dngettext(const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n); Description dngettext shall be equivalent to a call to dcngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES) See dgettext for more information. See Also gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset err Name err -- display formatted error messages Synopsis #include void err(int eval, const char *fmt ...); Description The err function shall display a formatted error message on the standard error stream. First, err shall write the last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space character. If fmt is non-NULL, it shall be used as a format string for the printf family of functions, and err shall write the formatted message, a colon character, and a space. Finally, the error message string affiliated with the current value of the global variable errno shall be written, followed by a newline character. The err function shall not return, the program shall terminate with the exit value of eval. See Also error, errx Return Value None. Errors None. error Name error -- print error message Synopsis void error(int exitstatus, int errnum, const char *format ...); Description error shall print a message to standard error. error shall build the message from the following elements in their specified order: 1. the program name. If the application has provided a function named error_print_progname, error shall call this to supply the program name; otherwise, error uses the content of the global variable program_name. 2. the colon and space characters, then the result of using the printf-style format and the optional arguments. 3. if errnum is nonzero, error shall add the colon and space characters, then the result of strerror(errnum). 4. a newline. If exitstatus is nonzero, error shall call exit(exitstatus). See Also err, errx errx Name errx -- display formatted error message and exit Synopsis #include void errx(int eval, const char *fmt ...); Description The errx function shall display a formatted error message on the standard error stream. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space shall be output. If fmt is non-NULL, it shall be used as the format string for the printf family of functions, and the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space shall be output. The output shall be followed by a newline character. errx does not return, but shall exit with the value of eval. Return Value None. Errors None. See Also error, err fcntl Name fcntl -- file control Description fcntl is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Implementation may set O_LARGEFILE According to the Single UNIX Specification, only an application sets fcntl flags, for example O_LARGEFILE. However, this specification also allows an implementation to set O_LARGEFILE in the case where the system default behavior matches the O_LARGEFILE behavior, for example if sizeof(off_t) is 8. Thus, calling fcntl with the F_GETFL command may return O_LARGEFILE as well as flags explicitly set by the application. fflush_unlocked Name fflush_unlocked -- non thread safe fflush Description fflush_unlocked is the same as fflush except that it need not be thread safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked. fgetwc_unlocked Name fgetwc_unlocked -- non thread safe fgetwc Description fgetwc_unlocked is the same as fgetwc except that it need not be thread safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked. flock Name flock -- apply or remove an advisory lock on an open file Synopsis int flock(int fd, int operation); Description flock applies or removes an advisory lock on the open file fd. Valid operation types are: LOCK_SH Shared lock. More than one process may hold a shared lock for a given file at a given time. LOCK_EX Exclusive lock. Only one process may hold an exclusive lock for a given file at a given time. LOCK_UN Unlock. LOCK_NB Don't block when locking. May be specified (by oring) along with one of the other operations. A single file may not simultaneously have both shared and exclusive locks. Return Value On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately. Errors EWOULDBLOCK The file is locked and the LOCK_NB flag was selected. fopen Name fopen -- open a file Description fopen is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. May return ENODEV in place of ENXIO Where the ISO POSIX (2003) specifies an ENXIO return, the implementation may return either ENXIO or ENODEV. Implementations are encouraged to return ENXIO. Note: As of spring 2004, we don't know of any Linux kernel patches to switch to ENXIO, but we believe that such a kernel patch would be accepted if submitted. freopen Name freopen -- open a file Description freopen is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. May return ENODEV in place of ENXIO Where the ISO POSIX (2003) specifies an ENXIO return, the implementation may return either ENXIO or ENODEV. Implementations are encouraged to return ENXIO. Note: As of spring 2004, we don't know of any Linux kernel patches to switch to ENXIO, but we believe that such a kernel patch would be accepted if submitted. getdomainname Name getdomainname -- get NIS domain name (DEPRECATED). Synopsis #include int getdomainname (char * name , size_t namelen ); Description If the Network Information System (NIS) is in use, getdomainname shall copy the NIS domain name to the supplied buffer identified by name, with maximum length namelen. If the NIS domain name is not currently set, getdomainname shall copy the string "(none)" to the name. If namelen is less the length of the string to be copied, getdomainname may either truncate the string to namelen characters and place it in name (without a terminating null character), or may fail with EINVAL. Note that the NIS domain name is not the same as the domain portion of a fully qualified domain name (for example, in DNS). Return Value On success, getdomainname shall return 0. Otherwise, it shall return -1 and set errno to indicate the error). Errors EINVAL name was a null pointer. EINVAL The buffer identified by name and namelen is of insufficient size to store the NIS domain name string, and the implementation considers this an error. Future Directions The LSB does not include other NIS interfaces, and a future version of this specification may deprecate this interface. Application developers should avoid using this interface where possible. gethostbyname_r Name gethostbyname_r -- find network host database entry matching host name (DEPRECATED) Synopsis int gethostbyname_r(__const char *__restrict __name, (struct hostent *__restrict __result_buf), char *__restrict __buf, size_t __buflen, (struct hostent **__restrict __result), int *__restrict __h_errnop); Description The gethostbyname_r function is deprecated; applications should call getaddrinfo instead. gethostbyname_r is a reentrant version of gethostbyname that searches the network host database for a host name match. getloadavg Name getloadavg -- get system load averages Synopsis #include int getloadavg(double loadavg[], int nelem); Description getloadavg returns the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of loadavg[]. The system imposes a maximum of 3 samples, representing averages over the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes, respectively. getopt Name getopt -- parse command line options Synopsis #include int getopt(int argc, char * const argv[], const char *optstring); extern char *optarg; extern int optind, opterr, optopt; Description The getopt function shall parse command line arguments as described in ISO POSIX (2003), with the following exceptions, where LSB and POSIX specifications vary. LSB systems shall implement the modified behaviors described below. Argument Ordering The getopt function can process command line arguments referenced by argv in one of three ways: PERMUTE the order of arguments in argv is altered so that all options (and their arguments) are moved in front of all of the operands. This is the default behavior. Note: This behavior has undefined results if argv is not modifiable. This is to support historic behavior predating the use of const and ISO C (1999). The function prototype was aligned with ISO POSIX (2003) despite the fact that it modifies argv, and the library maintainers are unwilling to change this. REQUIRE_ORDER The arguments in argv are processed in exactly the order given, and option processing stops when the first non-option argument is reached, or when the element of argv is "--". This ordering can be enforced either by setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or by setting the first character of optstring to '+'. RETURN_IN_ORDER The order of arguments is not altered, and all arguments are processed. Non-option arguments (operands) are handled as if they were the argument to an option with the value 1 ('\001'). This ordering is selected by setting the first character of optstring to '-'; Option Characteristics LSB specifies that: * an element of argv that starts with "-" (and is not exactly "-" or "--") is an option element. * characters of an option element, aside from the initial "-", are option characters. POSIX specifies that: * applications using getopt shall obey the following syntax guidelines: + option name is a single alphanumeric character from the portable character set + option is preceded by the '-' delimiter character + options without option-arguments should be accepted when grouped behind one '-' delimiter + each option and option-argument is a separate argument + option-arguments are not optional + all options should precede operands on the command line + the argument "--" is accepted as a delimiter indicating the end of options and the consideration of subsequent arguments, if any, as operands * historical implementations of getopt support other characters as options as an allowed extension, but applications that use extensions are not maximally portable. * support for multi-byte option characters is only possible when such characters can be represented as type int. * applications that call any utility with a first operand starting with '-' should usually specify "--" to mark the end of the options. Standard utilities that do not support this guideline indicate that fact in the OPTIONS section of the utility description. Extensions LSB specifies that: * if a character is followed by two colons, the option takes an optional argument; if there is text in the current argv element, it is returned in optarg, otherwise optarg is set to 0. * if optstring contains W followed by a semi-colon (;), then -W foo is treated as the long option --foo. Note: See getopt_long for a description of long options. * The first character of optstring shall modify the behavior of getopt as follows: + if the first character is '+', then REQUIRE_ORDER processing shall be in effect (see above) + if the first character is '-', then RETURN_IN_ORDER processing shall be in effect (see above) + if the first character is ':', then getopt shall return ':' instead of '?' to indicate a missing option argument, and shall not print any diagnostic message to stderr. POSIX specifies that: * the -W option is reserved for implementation extensions. Return Values LSB specifies the following additional getopt return values: * '\001' is returned if RETURN_IN_ORDER argument ordering is in effect, and the next argument is an operand, not an option. The argument is available in optarg. Any other return value has the same meaning as for POSIX. POSIX specifies the following getopt return values: * the next option character is returned, if found successfully. * ':' is returned if a parameter is missing for one of the options and the first character of optstring is ':'. * '?' is returned if an unknown option character not in optstring is encountered, or if getopt detects a missing argument and the first character of optstring is not ':'. * -1 is returned for the end of the option list. Environment Variables LSB specifies that: * if the variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, option processing stops as soon as a non-option argument is encountered. * the variable _[PID]_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_ (where [PID] is the process ID for the current process), contains a space separated list of arguments that should not be treated as arguments even though they appear to be so. Rationale: This was used by bash 2.0 to communicate to GNU libc which arguments resulted from wildcard expansion and so should not be considered as options. This behavior was removed in bash version 2.01, but the support remains in GNU libc. This behavior is DEPRECATED in this version of the LSB; future revisions of this specification may not include this requirement. getopt_long Name getopt_long -- parse command line options Synopsis #define _GNU_SOURCE #include int getopt_long(int argc, char * const argv[], const char *opstring, (const struct option *longopts), int *longindex); Description getopt_long works like getopt except that it also accepts long options, started out by two dashes. Long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is unique or is an exact match for some defined option. A long option may take a parameter, of the form --arg=param or --arg param. longopts is a pointer to the first element of an array of struct option declared in getopt.h as: struct option { const char *name; int has_arg; int *flag; int val; }; The fields in this structure have the following meaning: name The name of the long option. has_arg One of: no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, or optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. flag specifies how results are returned for a long option. If flag is NULL, then getopt_long shall return val. (For example, the calling program may set val to the equivalent short option character.) Otherwise, getopt_long returns 0, and flag shall point to a variable which shall be set to val if the option is found, but left unchanged if the option is not found. val The value to return, or to load into the variable pointed to by flag. Return Value getopt_long returns the option character if a short option was found successfully, or ":" if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, or "?" for an unknown option character, or -1 for the end of the option list. For a long option, getopt_long returns val if flag is NULL, and 0 otherwise. Error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt, plus "?" for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter. getopt_long_only Name getopt_long_only -- parse command line options Synopsis #define _GNU_SOURCE #include int getopt_long_only(int argc, char * const argv[], const char *optstring, (const struct option *longopts), int *longindex); Description getopt_long_only is like getopt_long, but "-" as well as "--" can indicate a long option. If an option that starts with "-" (not "--") doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option instead. Return Value getopt_long_only returns the option character if the option was found successfully, or ":" if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, or "?" for an unknown option character, or -1 for the end of the option list. getopt_long_only also returns the option character when a short option is recognized. For a long option, they return val if flag is NULL, and 0 otherwise. Error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt, plus "?" for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter. gettext Name gettext -- Search message catalogs for a string Synopsis #include char *gettext(const char *msgid); Description The gettext function shall search the currently selected message catalogs for a string identified by the string msgid. If a string is located, that string shall be returned. The gettext function is equivalent to dcgettext(NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES). Return Value If a string is found in the currently selected message catalogs for msgid, then a pointer to that string shall be returned. Otherwise, a pointer to msgid shall be returned. Applications shall not modify the string returned by gettext. Errors None. The gettext function shall not modify errno. See Also dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset getutent Name getutent -- access user accounting database entries Synopsis #include struct utmp *getutent(void); Description The getutent function shall read the next entry from the user accounting database. Return Value Upon successful completion, getutent shall return a pointer to a utmp structure containing a copy of the requested entry in the user accounting database. Otherwise, a null pointer shall be returned. The return value may point to a static area which is overwritten by a subsequent call to getutent. Errors None defined. getutent_r Name getutent_r -- access user accounting database entries Synopsis int getutent_r(struct utmp * buffer, struct utmp ** result); Description The getutent_r function is a reentrant version of the getutent function. On entry, buffer should point to a user supplied buffer to which the next entry in the database will be copied, and result should point to a location where the result will be stored. Return Value On success, getutent_r shall return 0 and set the location referenced by result to a pointer to buffer. Otherwise, getutent_r shall return -1 and set the location referenced by result to NULL. glob64 Name glob64 -- find pathnames matching a pattern (Large File Support) Synopsis #include int glob64(const char *pattern, int flags, int (*errfunc) (const char *, int), glob64_t *pglob); Description The glob64 function is a large-file version of the glob defined in ISO POSIX (2003). It shall search for pathnames matching pattern according to the rules used by the shell, /bin/sh. No tilde expansion or parameter substitution is done; see wordexp. The results of a glob64 call are stored in the structure pointed to by pglob, which is a glob64_t declared in glob.h with the following members: typedef struct { size_t gl_pathc; char **gl_pathv; size_t gl_offs; int gl_flags; void (*gl_closedir) (void *); struct dirent64 *(*gl_readdir64) (void *); void *(*gl_opendir) (const char *); int (*gl_lstat) (const char *, struct stat *); int (*gl_stat) (const char *, struct stat *); } glob64_t; Structure members with the same name as corresponding members of a glob_t as defined in ISO POSIX (2003) shall have the same purpose. Other members are defined as follows: gl_flags reserved for internal use gl_closedir pointer to a function capable of closing a directory opened by gl_opendir gl_readdir64 pointer to a function capable of reading entries in a large directory gl_opendir pointer to a function capable of opening a large directory gl_stat pointer to a function capable of returning file status for a large file gl_lstat pointer to a function capable of returning file status information for a large file or symbolic link A large file or large directory is one with a size which cannot be represented by a variable of type off_t. Return Value On success, 0 is returned. Other possible returns are: GLOB_NOSPACE out of memory GLOB_ABORTED read error GLOB_NOMATCH no match found globfree64 Name globfree64 -- free memory from glob64() (Large File Support) Synopsis #include void globfree64(glob64_t *pglob); Description globfree64 frees the dynamically allocated storage from an earlier call to glob64. globfree64 is a 64-bit version of globfree. initgroups Name initgroups -- initialize the supplementary group access list Synopsis #include #include int initgroups(const char *user, gid_t group); Description If the process has appropriate privilege, the initgroups function shall initialize the Supplementary Group IDs for the current process by reading the group database and using all groups of which user is a member. The additional group group is also added to the list. Return Value On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately. Errors EPERM The calling process does not have sufficient privileges. ENOMEM Insufficient memory to allocate group information structure. See Also setgroups ioctl Name ioctl -- control device Synopsis #include int ioctl (int d , int request , ... ); Description The ioctl function shall manipulate the underlying device parameters of special files. d shall be an open file descriptor referring to a special file. The ioctl function shall take three parameters; the type and value of the third parameter is dependent on the device and request. Conforming LSB applications shall not call ioctl except in situations explicitly stated in this specification. Return Value On success, 0 is returned. An ioctl may use the return value as an output parameter and return a non-negative value on success. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately. Errors EBADF d is not a valid descriptor. EFAULT The third parameter references an inaccessible memory area. ENOTTY d is not associated with a character special device. ENOTTY The specified request does not apply to the kind of object that d references. EINVAL request or the third parameter is not valid. sockio Name sockio -- socket ioctl commands Synopsis #include #include #include int ioctl(int sockfd, int request, char *argp); Description Socket ioctl commands are a subset of the ioctl calls, which can perform a variety of functions on sockets. sockfd shall contain the value of a file descriptor that was created with the socket or accept calls. Socket ioctl commands apply to the underlying network interfaces, and affect the entire system, not just the file descriptor used to issue the ioctl. The following values for request are accepted: SIOCGIFCONF Gets the interface configuration list for the system. Note: SIOCGIFCONF is similar to the if_nameindex family found in the ISO POSIX (2003) or the getifaddrs family found in BSD derived systems. argp shall point to a ifconf structure, as described in . Before calling, the caller shall set the ifc_ifcu.ifcu_req field to point to an array of ifreq structures, and set ifc_len to the size in bytes of this allocated array. Upon return, ifc_len will contain the size in bytes of the array which was actually used. If it is the same as the length upon calling, the caller should assume that the array was too small and try again with a larger array. On success, SIOCGIFCONF can return any nonnegative value. Rationale: Historical UNIX systems disagree on the meaning of the return value. SIOCGIFFLAGS Gets the interface flags for the indicated interface. argp shall point to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_name field with the interface name, and upon return, the ifr_ifru.ifru_flags field is set with the interface flags. SIOCGIFADDR Gets the interface address for the given interface. argp shall point to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_name field with the interface name, and upon return, the ifr_ifru.ifru_addr field is set with the interface address. SIOCGIFNETMASK Gets the network mask for the given interface. argp shall point to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_name field with the interface name, and upon return, the ifr_ifru.ifru_netmask field is set with the network mask. FIONREAD Returns the amount of queued unread data in the receive buffer. argp shall point to an integer where the result is to be placed. Return Value On success, if request is SIOCGIFCONF, a non-negative integer shall be returned. If request is not SIOCGIFCONF, on success 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately. Errors EBADF sockfd is not a valid descriptor. EFAULT argp references an inaccessible memory area. ENOTTY The specified request does not apply to the kind of object that the descriptor sockfd references. EINVAL Either request or argp is invalid. ENOTCONN The operation is only defined on a connected socket, but the socket wasn't connected. kill Name kill -- send a signal Synopsis #include int kill(pid_t pid, int sig); Description kill is as specified in the ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Process ID -1 doesn't affect calling process If pid is specified as -1, sig shall not be sent to the calling process. Other than this, the rules in the ISO POSIX (2003) apply. Rationale: This was a deliberate Linus decision after an unpopular experiment in including the calling process in the 2.5.1 kernel. See "What does it mean to signal everybody?", Linux Weekly News, 20 December 2001, http://lwn.net/2001/1220/kernel.php3 mbsnrtowcs Name mbsnrtowcs -- convert a multibyte string to a wide character string Synopsis #include size_t mbsnrtowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char **src, size_t nms, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps); Description mbsnrtowcs is like mbsrtowcs, except that the number of bytes to be converted, starting at src, is limited to nms. If dest is not a NULL pointer, mbsnrtowcs converts at most nms bytes from the multibyte string src to a wide-character string starting at dest. At most, len wide characters are written to dest. The state ps is updated. The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly calling: mbrtowc(dest, *src, n, ps) where n is some positive number, as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing dest by one and src by the number of bytes consumed. The conversion can stop for three reasons: * An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered. In this case src is left pointing to the invalid multibyte sequence, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno is set to EILSEQ. * The nms limit forces a stop, or len non-L'\0' wide characters have been stored at dest. In this case, src is left pointing to the next multibyte sequence to be converted, and the number of wide characters written to dest is returned. * The multibyte string has been completely converted, including the terminating '\0' (which has the side effect of bringing back ps to the initial state). In this case, src is set to NULL, and the number of wide characters written to dest, excluding the terminating L'\0' character, is returned. If dest is NULL, len is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted wide characters are not written out to memory, and that no destination length limit exists. In both of the above cases, if ps is a NULL pointer, a static anonymous state only known to mbsnrtowcs is used instead. The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least len wide characters at dest. Return Value mbsnrtowcs returns the number of wide characters that make up the converted part of the wide character string, not including the terminating null wide character. If an invalid multibyte sequence was encountered, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and the global variable errno is set to EILSEQ. Notes The behavior of mbsnrtowcs depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale. Passing NULL as ps is not multi-thread safe. memmem Name memmem -- locate bytes Synopsis #define _GNU_SOURCE #include void *memmem(const void *haystack, size_t haystacklen, const void *needle, size_t needlelen); Description memmem finds the start of the first occurrence of the byte array referenced by needle of length needlelen in the memory area haystack of length haystacklen. Return Value memmem returns a pointer to the beginning of the byte array, or NULL if the byte array is not found. Notes Earlier versions of the C library (prior to glibc 2.1) contained a memmem with various problems, and application developers should treat this function with care. memrchr Name memrchr -- scan memory for a character Synopsis #include void *memrchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n); Description The memrchr function shall locate the last occurence of c (converted to an unsigned char) in the initial n bytes (each interpreted as an unsigned char) of the object pointed to by s. Return Value The memrchr shall return a pointer to the located byte, or a null pointer if the byte does not occur in the object. Errors No errors are defined. See Also memchr ngettext Name ngettext -- Search message catalogs for plural string Synopsis #include char *ngettext(const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n); Description The ngettext function shall search the currently selected message catalogs for a string matching the singular string msgid1. If a string is located, and if n is 1, that string shall be returned. If n is not 1, a pluralized version (dependant on n) of the string shall be returned. The ngettext function is equivalent to dcngettext(NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES). Return Value If a string is found in the currently selected message catalogs for msgid1, then if n is 1 a pointer to the located string shall be returned. If n is not 1, a pointer to an appropriately pluralized version of the string shall be returned. If no message could be found in the currently selected mesage catalogs, then if n is 1, a pointer to msgid1 shall be returned, otherwise a pointer to msgid2 shall be returned. Applications shall not modify the string returned by ngettext. Errors None. The ngettext function shall not modify errno. See Also gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset obstack_free Name obstack_free -- free an object in the obstack Synopsis #include void obstack_free((struct obstack *obstack), void *block); Description obstack_free frees an object in the obstack. Future Directions Future versions of this specification may not include support for this interface. open Name open -- open a file Synopsis #include #include int open(const char *path, int oflag, ...); Description The open function shall behave as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), except with differences as listed below. May return ENODEV in place of ENXIO Where ISO POSIX (2003) specifies an ENXIO return, a conforming implementation may return either ENXIO or ENODEV. Implementations are encouraged to return ENXIO. Rationale: As of spring 2004, no Linux kernel patches to switch to ENXIO are known, but it is believed that such a kernel patch would be accepted if submitted. opterr Name opterr -- external variable used in getopt() Synopsis extern int opterr; Description opterr is used as a flag to suppress an error message generated by getopt. When opterr is set to 0, it suppresses the error message generated by getopt when that function does not recognize an option character. optind Name optind -- external variable used in getopt() Synopsis extern int optind; Description optind holds the current index of the array argv[], which contains the command line options being parsed by getopt. optopt Name optopt -- external variable used in getopt() Synopsis extern int optopt; Description optopt holds the unknown option character when that option character is not recognized by getopt. pmap_getport Name pmap_getport -- Find the port number assigned to a service registered with a portmapper. Synopsis #include u_short *pmap_getport(struct sockaddr_in *address, __const u_long program, __const u_long *version, u_int protocol); Description The pmap_getport function shall return the port number assigned to a service registered with a RPC Binding service running on a given target system, using the protocol described in RFC 1833: Binding Protocols for ONC RPC Version 2. The pmap_getport function shall be called given the RPC program number program, the program version version, and transport protocol protocol. Conforming implementations shall support both IPPROTO_UDP and IPPROTO_TCP protocols. On entry, address shall specify the address of the system on which the portmapper to be contacted resides. The value of address->sin_port shall be ignored, and the standard value for the portmapper port shall always be used. Note: Security and network restrictions may prevent a conforming application from contacting a remote RPC Binding Service. Return Value On success, the pmap_getport function shall return the port number in host byte order of the RPC application registered with the remote portmapper. On failure, if either the program was not registered or the remote portmapper service could not be reached, the pmap_getport function shall return 0. If the remote portmap service could not be reached, the status is left in the global variable rpc_createerr. pmap_set Name pmap_set -- Establishes mapping to machine's RPC Bind service. Synopsis #include *pmap_set(__const u_long program, __const u_long version, int protocol, u_short port); Description pmap_set establishes a mapping between the triple [program,version,protocol] and port on the machine's RPC Bind service. The value of protocol is most likely IPPROTO_UDP or IPPROTO_TCP. Automatically done by svc_register. Return Value pmap_set returns 1 if it suceeds, 0 otherwise. pmap_unset Name pmap_unset -- Destroys RPC Binding Synopsis #include void pmap_unset(u_long prognum, u_long versnum); Description As a user interface to the RPC Bind service, pmap_unset destroys all mapping between the triple [prognum,versnum, *] and ports on the machine's RPC Bind service. Return Value pmap_unset returns 1 if it succeeds, zero otherwise. psignal Name psignal -- print signal message Synopsis #include void psignal(int sig, const char *s); extern const char *const sys_siglist[] Description The psignal function shall display a message on the stderr stream. If s is not the null pointer, and does not point to an empty string (e.g. "\0"), the message shall consist of the string s, a colon, a space, and a string describing the signal number sig; otherwise psignal shall display only a message describing the signal number sig. If sig is invalid, the message displayed shall indicate an unknown signal. The array sys_siglist holds the signal description strings indexed by signal number. Return Value psignal returns no value. random_r Name random_r -- generate random number Synopsis int random_r((struct random_data *__restrict __buf), int32_t *__restrict __result); Description random_r is a reentrant version of random, which generates a pseudorandom number. Future Directions Since this function requires support from other functions not specified in this specification (most notably initstate_r), a future version of this specification may deprecate this interface. setbuffer Name setbuffer -- stream buffering operation Synopsis #include void setbuffer(FILE *stream, char *buf, size_t size); Description setbuffer is an alias for the call to setvbuf. It works the same, except that the size of the buffer in setbuffer is up to the caller, rather than being determined by the default BUFSIZ. setdomainname Name setdomainname -- set NIS domain name (DEPRECATED). Synopsis #include int setdomainname (char * name , size_t namelen ); Description If NIS is in use, set the NIS domain name. Note that this is not the same as the domain name which provides the domain portion of a fully qualified domain name (for example, in DNS). If NIS is not in use, this function may set the domain name anyway, or it may fail. This call shall fail unless the caller has appropriate privileges. namelen shall be the length of the string pointed to by name. Return Value On success, setdomainname shall return 0. Otherwise, it shall return -1 and set errno to indicate the error. Errors EPERM The process did not have sufficient privilege to set the domain name. EINVAL name is a null pointer. setgroups Name setgroups -- set list of supplementary group IDs Synopsis #include int setgroups(size_t size, const gid_t *list); Description If the process has appropriate privilege, the setgroups function shall set the supplementary group IDs for the current process. list shall reference an array of size group IDs. A process may have at most NGROUPS_MAX supplementary group IDs. Return Value On successful completion, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the errno is set to indicate the error. Errors EFAULT list has an invalid address. EPERM The process does not have appropriate privileges. EINVAL size is greater than NGROUPS_MAX. sethostid Name sethostid -- set the unique identifier of the current host Synopsis #include int sethostid(long int hostid); Description sethostid sets a unique 32-bit identifier for the current machine. The 32-bit identifier is intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in existence. This normally resembles the Internet address for the local machine as returned by gethostbyname(3), and thus usually never needs to be set. The sethostid call is restricted to the superuser. hostid is stored in the file /etc/hostid. Return Value gethostid returns the 32-bit identifier for the current host as set by sethostid(2). Files /etc/hostid sethostname Name sethostname -- set host name Synopsis #include #include #include int sethostname(const char *name, size_t len); Description If the process has appropriate privileges, the sethostname function shall change the host name for the current macine. The name shall point to a null-terminated string of at most len bytes that holds the new hostname. If the symbol HOST_NAME_MAX is defined, or if sysconf(_SC_HOST_NAME_MAX) returns a value greater than 0, this value shall represent the maximum length of the new hostname. Otherwise, if the symbol MAXHOSTLEN is defined, this value shall represent the maximum length for the new hostname. If none of these values are defined, the maximum length shall be the size of the nodename field of the utsname structure. Return Value On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately. Errors EINVAL len is negative or larger than the maximum allowed size. EPERM the process did not have appropriate privilege. EFAULT name is an invalid address. Rationale ISO POSIX (2003) guarantees that: Maximum length of a host name (not including the terminating null) as returned from the gethostname function shall be at least 255 bytes. The glibc C library does not currently define HOST_NAME_MAX, and although it provides the name _SC_HOST_NAME_MAX a call to sysconf returns -1 and does not alter errno in this case (indicating that there is no restriction on the hostname length). However, the glibc manual idicates that some implementations may have MAXHOSTNAMELEN as a means of detecting the maximum length, while the Linux kernel at release 2.4 and 2.6 stores this hostname in the utsname structure. While the glibc manual suggests simply shortening the name until sethostname succeeds, the LSB requires that one of the first four mechanisms works. Future versions of glibc may provide a more reasonable result from sysconf(_SC_HOST_NAME_MAX). setsockopt Name setsockopt -- set options on sockets Synopsis #include #include int setsockopt(int sockfd, int level, int optname, void *optval, socklen_t optlen); Description In addition to the setsockopt options specified in SUSv3, setsockopt also supports the options specified here. The following setsockopt operations are provided for level IPPROTO_IP: IP_MULTICAST_TTL Set or reads the time-to-live value of outgoing multicast packets for this socket. optval is a pointer to an integer which contains the new TTL value. IP_MULTICAST_LOOP Sets a boolean flag indicating whether multicast packets originating locally should be looped back to the local sockets. optval is a pointer to an integer which contains the new flag value. IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP Join a multicast group. optval is a pointer to a ip_mreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the imr_multiaddr field with the multicast group address and the imr_address field with the address of the local interface. If imr_address is set to INADDR_ANY, then an appropriate interface is chosen by the system. IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP Leave a multicast group. optval is a pointer to a ip_mreq structure containing the same values as were used with IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP. IP_MULTICAST_IF Set the local device for a multicast socket. optval is a pointer to a ip_mreq structure initialized in the same manner as with IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP. The ip_mreq structure contains two struct in_addr fields: imr_multiaddr and imr_address. Return Value On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately. setutent Name setutent -- access user accounting database entries Synopsis #include void setutent(void); Description The setutent function shall reset the user accounting database such that the next call to getutent shall be return the first record in the database. It is recommended to call it before any of the other functions that operate on the user accounting databases (e.g. getutent) Return Value None. sigandset Name sigandset -- build a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical AND Synopsis #include int sigandset(sigset_t *set, const sigset_t *left, const sigset_t *right); Description The sigandset shall combine the two signal sets referenced by left and right, using a logical AND operation, and shall place the result in the location referenced by set, The resulting signal set shall contain only signals that are in both the set referenced by left and the set referenced by right. Return Value On success, sigandset shall return 0. Otherise, sigandset shall return -1 and set errno to indicate the error. Errors EINVAL One or more of set, left, or right was a null pointer. See Also sigorset sigblock Name sigblock -- manipulate the signal mask Synopsis #include _BSD_SOURCE #include int sigblock(int mask); Description The sigblock function shall add the signals corresponding to the bits set in mask to the set of signals currently being blocked from delivery. Return Value The sigblock function shall return the previous signal mask. Errors None. Notes sigblock is made obsolete by sigprocmask(2). A future version of this specification may deprecate this function. siggetmask Name siggetmask -- manipulate the signal mask Synopsis #define _BSD_SOURCE #include int siggetmask(void); Description The siggetmask function shall return the current set of masked signals. Notes siggetmask is made obsolete by sigprocmask(2). sigisemptyset Name sigisemptyset -- check for empty signal set Synopsis #include int sigisemptyset(const sigset_t *set); Description The sigisemptyset function shall check for empty signal set referenced by set. Return Value The sigisemptyset function shall return a positive non-zero value if the signal set referenced by set is empty, or zero if this set is empty. On error, sigisemptyset shall return -1 and set errno to indicate the error. Errors EINVAL set is a null pointer. sigorset Name sigorset -- build a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical OR Synopsis #include int sigorset(sigset_t *set, const sigset_t *left, const sigset_t *right); Description The sigorset shall combine the two signal sets referenced by left and right, using a logical OR operation, and shall place the result in the location referenced by set, The resulting signal set shall contain only signals that are in either the set referenced by left or the set referenced by right. Return Value On success, sigorset shall return 0. Otherise, sigorset shall return -1 and set errno to indicate the error. Errors EINVAL One or more of set, left, or right was a null pointer. See Also sigorset sigreturn Name sigreturn -- return from signal handler and cleanup stack frame Synopsis int sigreturn(unsigned long __unused); Description The sigreturn function is used by the system to cleanup after a signal handler has returned. This function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. Return Value sigreturn never returns. stime Name stime -- set time Synopsis #define _SVID_SOURCE #include int stime(time_t *t); Description If the process has appropriate privilege, the stime function shall set the system's idea of the time and date. Time, referenced by t, is measured in seconds from the epoch (defined in ISO POSIX (2003) as 00:00:00 UTC January 1, 1970). Return Value On success, stime shall return 0. Otherwise, stime shall return -1 and errno shall be set to indicate the error. Errors EPERM The process does not have appropriate privilege. EINVAL t is a null pointer. stpcpy Name stpcpy -- copy a string returning a pointer to its end Synopsis #include char *stpcpy(char * restrict dest, const char * restrict src); Description The stpcpy function shall copy the string pointed to by src (including the terminating '\0' character) to the array pointed to by dest. The strings may not overlap, and the destination string dest shall be large enough to receive the copy. Return Value stpcpy returns a pointer to the end of the string dest (that is, the address of the terminating '\0' character) rather than the beginning. Example This program uses stpcpy to concatenate foo and bar to produce foobar, which it then prints. #include int main (void) { char buffer[256]; char *to = buffer; to = stpcpy (to, "foo"); to = stpcpy (to, "bar"); printf ("%s\n", buffer); } stpncpy Name stpncpy -- copy a fixed-size string, returning a pointer to its end Synopsis #include char *stpncpy(char * restrict dest, const char * restrict src, size_t n); Description The stpncpy function shall copy at most n characters from the string pointed to by src, including the terminating \0 character, to the array pointed to by dest. Exactly n characters are written at dest. If the length strlen(src) is smaller than n, the remaining characters in dest are filled with \0 characters. If the length strlen(src) is greater than or equal to n, dest will not be \0 terminated. The strings may not overlap. The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least n characters at dest. Return Value The stpncpy function shall return a pointer to the terminating NULL in dest, or, if dest is not NULL-terminated, dest + n. strcasestr Name strcasestr -- locate a substring ignoring case Synopsis #include char *strcasestr(const char *s1, const char *s2); Description The strcasestr shall behave as strstr, except that it shall ignore the case of both strings. The strcasestr function shall be locale aware; that is strcasestr shall behave as if both strings had been converted to lower case in the current locale before the comparison is performed. Return Value Upon successful completion, strcasestr shall return a pointer to the located string or a null pointer if the string is not found. If s2 points to a string with zero length, the function shall return s1. strerror_r Name strerror_r -- reentrant version of strerror Synopsis #include char *strerror_r(int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen); Description strerror_r is a reentrant version of strerror. strerror_r returns a pointer to an error message corresponding to error number errnum. The returned pointer may point within the buffer buf (at most buflen bytes). Note: Note the optional use of the buffer, unlike the strerror_r found in ISO POSIX (2003), in which the message is always copied into the supplied buffer. The return types also differ. strfry Name strfry -- randomize a string Synopsis #include char *strfry(char *string); Description strfry randomizes the contents of string by using rand(3) to randomly swap characters in the string. The result is an anagram of string. Return Value strfry returns a pointer to the randomized string. strndup Name strndup -- return a malloc'd copy of at most the specified number of bytes of a string Synopsis #include char *strndup(const char *string, size_t n); Description The strndup function shall return a malloc'd copy of at most n bytes of string. The resultant string shall be terminated even if no NULL terminator appears before string+n. Return Value On success, strndup shall return a pointer to a newly allocated block of memory containing a copy of at most n bytes of string. Otherwise, strndup shall return NULL and set errno to indicate the error. Errors ENOMEM Insufficient memory available. strnlen Name strnlen -- determine the length of a fixed-size string Synopsis #include size_t strnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen); Description strnlen returns the number of characters in the string s, not including the terminating \0 character, but at most maxlen. In doing this, strnlen looks only at the first maxlen characters at s and never beyond s + maxlen. Return Value strnlen returns strlen(s), if that is less than maxlen, or maxlen if there is no \0 character among the first maxlen characters pointed to by s. strptime Name strptime -- parse a time string Description The strptime shall behave as specified in the ISO POSIX (2003) with differences as listed below. Number of leading zeroes may be limited The ISO POSIX (2003) specifies fields for which "leading zeros are permitted but not required"; however, applications shall not expect to be able to supply more leading zeroes for these fields than would be implied by the range of the field. Implementations may choose to either match an input with excess leading zeroes, or treat this as a non-matching input. For example, %j has a range of 001 to 366, so 0, 00, 000, 001, and 045 are acceptable inputs, but inputs such as 0000, 0366 and the like are not. Rationale glibc developers consider it appropriate behavior to forbid excess leading zeroes. When trying to parse a given input against several format strings, forbidding excess leading zeroes could be helpful. For example, if one matches 0011-12-26 against %m-%d-%Y and then against %Y-%m-%d, it seems useful for the first match to fail, as it would be perverse to parse that date as November 12, year 26. The second pattern parses it as December 26, year 11. The ISO POSIX (2003) is not explicit that an unlimited number of leading zeroes are required, although it may imply this. The LSB explicitly allows implementations to have either behavior. Future versions of this standard may require implementations to forbid excess leading zeroes. An Interpretation Request is currently pending against ISO POSIX (2003) for this matter. strsep Name strsep -- extract token from string Synopsis #include char *strsep(char **stringp, const char *delim); Description The strsep function shall find the first token in the string referenced by the pointer stringp, using the characters in delim as delimiters. If stringp is NULL, strsep shall return NULL and do nothing else. If stringp is non-NULL, strsep shall find the first token in the string referenced by stringp, where tokens are delimited by characters in the string delim. This token shall be terminated with a \0 character by overwriting the delimiter, and stringp shall be updated to point past the token. In case no delimiter was found, the token is taken to be the entire string referenced by stringp, and the location referenced by stringp is made NULL. Return Value strsep shall return a pointer to the beginning of the token. Notes The strsep function was introduced as a replacement for strtok, since the latter cannot handle empty fields. However, strtok conforms to ISO C (1999) and to ISO POSIX (2003) and hence is more portable. See Also strtok, strtok_r. strsignal Name strsignal -- return string describing signal Synopsis #define _GNU_SOURCE #include char *strsignal(int sig); extern const char * const sys_siglist[]; Description The strsignal function shall return a pointer to a string describing the signal number sig. The string can only be used until the next call to strsignal. The array sys_siglist holds the signal description strings indexed by signal number. This array should not be accessed directly by applications. Return Value If sig is a valid signal number, strsignal shall return a pointer to the appropriate description string. Otherwise, strsignal shall return either a pointer to the string "unknown signal", or a null pointer. Although the function is not declared as returning a pointer to a constant character string, applications shall not modify the returned string. strtoq Name strtoq -- convert string value to a long or quad_t integer Synopsis #include #include #include quadt strtoq(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base); Description strtoq converts the string nptr to a quadt value. The conversion is done according to the given base, which shall be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0. nptr may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as determined by isspace(3)), followed by a single optional + or - sign character. If base is 0 or 16, the string may then include a 0x prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a 0 base is taken as 10 (decimal), unless the next character is 0, in which case it is taken as 8 (octal). The remainder of the string is converted to a long value in the obvious manner, stopping at the first character which is not a valid digit in the given base. (In bases above 10, the letter A in either upper or lower case represents 10, B represents 11, and so forth, with Z representing 35.) Return Value strtoq returns the result of the conversion, unless the value would underflow or overflow. If an underflow occurs, strtoq returns QUAD_MIN. If an overflow occurs, strtoq returns QUAD_MAX. In both cases, the global variable errno is set to ERANGE. Errors ERANGE The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped. strtouq Name strtouq -- convert a string to an uquad_t Synopsis #include #include #include uquadt strtouq(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base); Description strtouq converts the string nptr to a uquadt value. The conversion is done according to the given base, which shall be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0. nptr may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as determined by isspace(3)), followed by a single optional + or - sign character. If base is 0 or 16, the string may then include a 0x prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a 0 base is taken as 10 (decimal), unless the next character is 0, in which case it is taken as 8 (octal). The remainder of the string is converted to an unsigned long value in the obvious manner, stopping at the end of the string or at the first character that does not produce a valid digit in the given base. (In bases above 10, the letter A in either upper or lower case represents 10, B represents 11, and so forth, with Z representing 35.) Return Value On success, strtouq returns either the result of the conversion or, if there was a leading minus sign, the negation of the result of the conversion, unless the original (non-negated) value would overflow. In the case of an overflow the function returns UQUAD_MAX and the global variable errno is set to ERANGE. Errors ERANGE The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped. strverscmp Name strverscmp -- compare strings holding name and indices/version numbers Synopsis #include int strverscmp(const char *s1, const char *s2); Description The strversmp function shall compare two strings in a similar manner to strcmp. If s1 and s2 contain no digits, strversmp shall behave as strcmp. The strings are compared by scanning from left to right. If a digit or sequence of digits is encountered in both strings at the same position, the digit sequence is specially compared, as described below. If the digit sequences compared equal, the string comparison resumes in both s1 and s2 after the digit sequence. Digit sequences are classified as either "integral" or "fractional". A fractional digit sequence begins with a '0'; otherwise the digit sequence shall be treated as an integral digit sequence. If two integral digit sequences are encountered, they shall be compared as integers for equality. A fractional digit sequence shall always compare less than an integral digit sequence. If two fractional digit sequences are being compared, then if the common prefix contains only leading zeroes, the longer part shall compare less than the shorter; otherwise the comparison shall be strictly numeric. Examples Table 7-1. Examples +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | Call | Return Value | |------------------------------+----------------------------------------------| |strverscmp( "no digit", "no |0 /* same behavior as strcmp */ | |digit") | | |------------------------------+----------------------------------------------| |strverscmp( "item#99", "item# |< 0 /* same prefix, but 99 < 100 */ | |100") | | |------------------------------+----------------------------------------------| |strverscmp( "alpha1", |> 0 /* fractional part inferior to integral */| |"alpha001") | | |------------------------------+----------------------------------------------| |strverscmp( "part1_f012", |> 0 /* two fractional parts */ | |"part1_f01") | | |------------------------------+----------------------------------------------| |strverscmp( "foo.009", |< 0 /* two fractional parts but with leading | |"foo.0") |zeroes only */ | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ svc_register Name svc_register -- Register Remote Procedure Call Interface Synopsis #include void svc_register(SVCXPRT *xprt, u_long prognum, u_long versnum, void (*dispatch)(), u_long protocol); Description The svc_register function shall associate the program identified by prognum at version versnum with the service dispatch procedure, dispatch. If protocol is zero, the service is not registered with the portmap service. If protocol is non-zero, then a mapping of the triple [prognum, versnum, protocol] to xprt-> xp_port is established with the local portmap service. The procedure dispatch has the following form: int dispatch(struct svc_req * request, SVCXPRT * xprt); Return Value svc_register returns 1 if it succeeds, and zero otherwise. svc_run Name svc_run -- Waits for RPC requests to arrive and calls service procedure. Synopsis #include void svc_run(void); Description The svc_run function shall wait for RPC requests to arrive, read and unpack each request, and dispatch it to the appropriate registered handler. Under normal conditions, svc_run shall not return; it shall only return if serious errors occur that prevent further processing. svc_sendreply Name svc_sendreply -- called by RPC service's dispatch routine Synopsis svc_sendreply(SVCXPRT *xprt, xdrproc_t outproc, char out); Description Called by an RPC service's dispatch routine to send the results of a remote procedure call. The parameter xprt is the request's associated transport handle; outproc is the XDR routine which is used to encode the results; and out is the address of the results. This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero other-wise. svctcp_create Name svctcp_create -- Creates a TCP/IP-based RPC service transport. Synopsis #include SVCXPRT *svctcp_create(int sock, u_int send_buf_size, u_int recv_buf_size); Description svctcp_create cretes a TCP/IP-based RPC service transport, to which it returns a pointer. The transport is associated with the socket sock, which may be RPC_ANYSOCK, in which case a new socket is created. If the socket is not bound to a local TCP port, ten this routine binds it to an arbitrary port. Upon completion, xprt->xp_sock is the transport's socket descriptor, and xprt-> xp_port is the transport's port number. Since TCP-based RPC uses buffered I/O, users may specify the size of buffers; values of zero choose suitable defaults. Return Value svctcp_create returns NULL if it fails, or a pointer to the RPC service transport otherwise. svcudp_create Name svcudp_create -- Creates a UDP-based RPC service transport. Synopsis SVCXPRT * svcudp_create(int sock); Description This call is equivalent to svcudp_bufcreate (sock, SZ, SZ) for some default size SZ. system Name system -- execute a shell command Synopsis #include int system(const char *string); Description The system function shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003). Notes The fact that system ignores interrupts is often not what a program wants. ISO POSIX (2003) describes some of the consequences; an additional consequence is that a program calling system from a loop cannot be reliably interrupted. Many programs will want to use the exec family of functions instead. Do not use system from a program with suid or sgid privileges, because unexpected values for some environment variables might be used to subvert system integrity. Use the exec family of functions instead, but not execlp or execvp. system will not, in fact, work properly from programs with suid or sgid privileges on systems on which /bin/sh is bash version 2, since bash 2 drops privileges on startup. (Debian uses a modified bash which does not do this when invoked as sh.) The check for the availability of /bin/sh is not actually performed; it is always assumed to be available. ISO C (1999) specifies the check, but ISO POSIX (2003) specifies that the return shall always be nonzero, since a system without the shell is not conforming, and it is this that is implemented. It is possible for the shell command to return 127, so that code is not a sure indication that the execve call failed; check the global variable errno to make sure. textdomain Name textdomain -- set the current default message domain Synopsis #include char *textdomain(const char *domainname); Description The textdomain function shall set the current default message domain to domainname. Subsequent calls to gettext and ngettext use the default message domain. If domainname is NULL, the default message domain shall not be altered. If domainname is "", textdomain shall reset the default domain to the system default of "messages". Return On success, textdomain shall return the currently selected domain. Otherwise, a null pointer shall be returned, and errno set to indicate the error. Errors ENOMEM Insufficent memory available. unlink Name unlink -- remove a directory entry Synopsis int unlink(const char *path); Description unlink is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. See also Additional behaviors: unlink/link on directory. May return EISDIR on directories If path specifies a directory, the implementation may return EISDIR instead of EPERM as specified by ISO POSIX (2003). Rationale: The Linux kernel has deliberately chosen EISDIR for this case and does not expect to change (Al Viro, personal communication). vasprintf Name vasprintf -- write formatted output to a dynamically allocated string Synopsis #include #include int vasprintf(char ** restrict ptr, const char * restrict format, va_list arg); Description The vasprintf function shall write formatted output to a dynamically allocated string, and store the address of that string in the location referenced by ptr. It shall behave as asprintf, except that instead of being called with a variable number of arguments, it is called with an argument list as defined by . Return Value Refer to fprintf. Errors Refer to fprintf. vdprintf Name vdprintf -- write formatted output to a file descriptor Synopsis #include int vdprintf(int fd, const char * restrict format, va_list arg); Description The vdprintf shall behave as vfprintf, except that the first argument is a file descriptor rather than a STDIO stream. Return Value Refer to fprintf. Errors Refer to fprintf. verrx Name verrx -- display formatted error message and exit Synopsis #include #include void verrx(int eval, const char *fmt, va_list args); Description The verrx shall behave as errx except that instead of being called with a variable number of arguments, it is called with an argument list as defined by . verrx does not return, but exits with the value of eval. Return Value None. Errors None. vsyslog Name vsyslog -- log to system log Synopsis #include #include void vsyslog(int priority, char *message, va_list arglist); Description The vsyslog function is identical to syslog as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), except that arglist (as defined by stdarg.h) replaces the variable number of arguments. wait3 Name wait3 -- wait for child process Description wait3 is as specified in the SUSv2 but with differences as listed below. WCONTINUED and WIFCONTINUED optional Implementations need not support the functionality of WCONTINUED or WIFCONTINUED. wait4 Name wait4 -- wait for process termination, BSD style Synopsis #include #include #include pid_t wait4(pid_t pid, int *status, int options, (struct rusage *rusage)); Description wait4 suspends execution of the current process until a child (as specified by pid) has exited, or until a signal is delivered whose action is to terminate the current process or to call a signal handling function. If a child (as requested by pid) has already exited by the time of the call (a so-called "zombie" process), the function returns immediately. Any system resources used by the child are freed. The value of pid can be one of: < -1 wait for any child process whose process group ID is equal to the absolute value of pid. -1 wait for any child process; this is equivalent to calling wait3. 0 wait for any child process whose process group ID is equal to that of the calling process. > 0 wait for the child whose process ID is equal to the value of pid. The value of options is a bitwise or of zero or more of the following constants: WNOHANG return immediately if no child is there to be waited for. WUNTRACED return for children that are stopped, and whose status has not been reported. If status is not NULL, wait4 stores status information in the location status. This status can be evaluated with the following macros: Note: These macros take the status value (an int) as an argument -- not a pointer to the value! WIFEXITED(status) is nonzero if the child exited normally. WEXITSTATUS(status) evaluates to the least significant eight bits of the return code of the child that terminated, which may have been set as the argument to a call to exit or as the argument for a return statement in the main program. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFEXITED returned nonzero. WIFSIGNALED(status) returns true if the child process exited because of a signal that was not caught. WTERMSIG(status) returns the number of the signal that caused the child process to terminate. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFSIGNALED returned nonzero. WIFSTOPPED(status) returns true if the child process that caused the return is currently stopped; this is only possible if the call was done using WUNTRACED. WSTOPSIG(status) returns the number of the signal that caused the child to stop. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFSTOPPED returned nonzero. If rusage is not NULL, the struct rusage (as defined in sys/resource.h) that it points to will be filled with accounting information. (See getrusage(2) for details. Return Value On success, the process ID of the child that exited is returned. On error, -1 is returned (in particular, when no unwaited-for child processes of the specified kind exist), or 0 if WNOHANG was used and no child was available yet. In the latter two cases, the global variable errno is set appropriately. Errors ECHILD No unwaited-for child process as specified does exist. ERESTARTSYS A WNOHANG was not set and an unblocked signal or a SIGCHILD was caught. This error is returned by the system call. The library interface is not allowed to return ERESTARTSYS, but will return EINTR. waitpid Name waitpid -- wait for child process Description waitpid is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Need not support WCONTINUED or WIFCONTINUED Implementations need not support the functionality of WCONTINUED or WIFCONTINUED. warn Name warn -- formatted error messages Synopsis #include void warn(const char *fmt ...); Description The warn function shall display a formatted error message on the standard error stream. The output shall consist of the last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space character. If fmt is non-NULL, it shall be used as a format string for the printf family of functions, and the formatted message, a colon character, and a space are written to stderr. Finally, the error message string affiliated with the current value of the global variable errno shall be written to stderr, followed by a newline character. Return Value None. Errors None. warnx Name warnx -- formatted error messages Synopsis #include void warnx(const char *fmt ...); Description The warnx function shall display a formatted error message on the standard error stream. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space shall be output. If fmt is non-NULL, it shall be used as the format string for the printf family of functions, and the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space shall be output. The output shall be followed by a newline character. Return Value None. Errors None. wcpcpy Name wcpcpy -- copy a wide character string, returning a pointer to its end Synopsis #include wchar_t *wcpcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src); Description wcpcpy is the wide-character equivalent of stpcpy. It copies the wide character string src, including the terminating L'\0' character, to the array dest. The strings may not overlap. The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least wcslen(src)+1 wide characters at dest. Return Value wcpcpy returns a pointer to the end of the wide-character string dest, that is, a pointer to the terminating L'\0' character. wcpncpy Name wcpncpy -- copy a fixed-size string of wide characters, returning a pointer to its end Synopsis #include wchar_t *wcpncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n); Description wcpncpy is the wide-character equivalent of stpncpy. It copies at most n wide characters from the wide-character string src, including the terminating L'\0' character, to the array dest. Exactly n wide characters are written at dest. If the length wcslen(src) is smaller than n, the remaining wide characters in the array dest are filled with L'\0' characters. If the length wcslen(src) is greater than or equal to n, the string dest will not be L'\0' terminated. The strings may not overlap. The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least n wide characters at dest. Return Value wcpncpy returns a pointer to the wide character one past the last non-null wide character written. wcscasecmp Name wcscasecmp -- compare two wide-character strings, ignoring case Synopsis #include int wcscasecmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2); Description wcscasecmp is the wide-character equivalent of strcasecmp. It compares the wide-character string s1 and the wide-character string s2, ignoring case differences (towupper, towlower). Return Value wcscasecmp returns 0 if the wide-character strings s1 and s2 are equal except for case distinctions. It returns a positive integer if s1 is greater than s2, ignoring case. It returns a negative integer if s1 is smaller than s2, ignoring case. Notes The behavior of wcscasecmp depends upon the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale. wcsdup Name wcsdup -- duplicate a wide-character string Synopsis #include wchar_t *wcsdup(const wchar_t *s); Description wcsdup is the wide-character equivalent of strdup. It allocates and returns a new wide-character string whose initial contents is a duplicate of the wide-character string s. Memory for the new wide-character string is obtained with malloc(3), and can be freed with free(3). Return Value wcsdup returns a pointer to the new wide-character string, or NULL if sufficient memory was not available. wcsncasecmp Name wcsncasecmp -- compare two fixed-size wide-character strings, ignoring case Synopsis #include int wcsncasecmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n); Description wcsncasecmp is the wide-character equivalent of strncasecmp. It compares the wide-character string s1 and the wide-character string s2, but at most n wide characters from each string, ignoring case differences (towupper, towlower). Return Value wcscasecmp returns 0 if the wide-character strings s1 and s2, truncated to at most length n, are equal except for case distinctions. It returns a positive integer if truncated s1 is greater than truncated s2, ignoring case. It returns a negative integer if truncated s1 is smaller than truncated s2, ignoring case. Notes The behavior of wcsncasecmp depends upon the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale. wcsnlen Name wcsnlen -- determine the length of a fixed-size wide-character string Synopsis #include size_t wcsnlen(const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen); Description wcsnlen is the wide-character equivalent of strnlen. It returns the number of wide-characters in the string s, not including the terminating L'\0' character, but at most maxlen. In doing this, wcsnlen looks only at the first maxlen wide-characters at s and never beyond s + maxlen. Return Value wcsnlen returns wcslen(s) if that is less than maxlen, or maxlen if there is no L'\0' character among the first maxlen wide characters pointed to by s. Notes The behavior of wcsncasecmp depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale. wcsnrtombs Name wcsnrtombs -- convert a wide character string to a multi-byte string Synopsis #include size_t wcsnrtombs(char *dest, const wchar_t **src, size_t nwc, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps); Description wcsnrtombs is like wcsrtombs, except that the number of wide characters to be converted, starting at src, is limited to nwc. If dest is not a NULL pointer, wcsnrtombs converts at most nwc wide characters from the wide-character string src to a multibyte string starting at dest. At most len bytes are written to dest. The state ps is updated. The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly calling: wcrtomb(dest, *src, ps) as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing dest by the number of bytes written and src by 1. The conversion can stop for three reasons: * A wide character has been encountered that cannot be represented as a multibyte sequence (according to the current locale). In this case src is left pointing to the invalid wide character, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno is set to EILSEQ. * nws wide characters have been converted without encountering a L'\0', or the length limit forces a stop. In this case, src is left pointing to the next wide character to be converted, and the number bytes written to dest is returned. * The wide-character string has been completely converted, including the terminating L'\0' (which has the side effect of bringing back ps to the initial state). In this case, src is set to NULL, and the number of bytes written to dest, excluding the terminating L'\0' byte, is returned. If dest is NULL, len is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted bytes are not written out to memory, and that no destination length limit exists. In both of the above cases, if ps is a NULL pointer, a static anonymous state only known to wcsnrtombs is used instead. The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least len bytes at dest. Return Value wcsnrtombs returns the number of bytes that make up the converted part of multibyte sequence, not including the terminating L'\0' byte. If a wide character was encountered which could not be converted, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and the global variable errno set to EILSEQ. Notes The behavior of wcsnrtombs depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale. Passing NULL as ps is not multi-thread safe. wcstoq Name wcstoq -- convert wide string to long long int representation Synopsis #include long long int wcstoq(const wchar_t * restrict nptr, wchar_t ** restrict endptr, int base); Description The wcstoq function shall convert the initial portion of the wide string nptr to long long int representation. It is identical to wcstoll. Return Value Refer to wcstoll. Errors Refer to wcstoll. wcstouq Name wcstouq -- convert wide string to unsigned long long int representation Synopsis #include unsigned long long int wcstouq(const wchar_t * restrict nptr, wchar_t ** restrict endptr, int base); Description The wcstouq function shall convert the initial portion of the wide string nptr to unsigned long long int representation. It is identical to wcstoull. Return Value Refer to wcstoull. Errors Refer to wcstoull. xdr_u_int Name xdr_u_int -- library routines for external data representation Synopsis int xdr_u_int(XDR * xdrs, unsigned int * up); Description xdr_u_int is a filter primitive that translates between C unsigned integers and their external representations. Return Value On success, 1 is returned. On error, 0 is returned. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for libm Table 7-29 defines the library name and shared object name for the libm library Table 7-29. libm Definition +----------------------+ |Library:|libm | |--------+-------------| |SONAME: |See archLSB. | +----------------------+ The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications: ISO C (1999) SUSv2 ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Math ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Math An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Math specified in Table 7-30, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-30. libm - Math Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |acos [1] |cexp [1] |expf [1] |jnf [2] |remquof [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |acosf [1] |cexpf [1] |expl [1] |jnl [2] |remquol [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |acosh [1] |cexpl [1] |expm1 [1] |ldexp [1] |rint [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |acoshf [1] |cimag [1] |fabs [1] |ldexpf [1] |rintf [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |acoshl [1] |cimagf [1] |fabsf [1] |ldexpl [1] |rintl [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |acosl [1] |cimagl [1] |fabsl [1] |lgamma [1] |round [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |asin [1] |clog [1] |fdim [1] |lgamma_r [2] |roundf [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |asinf [1] |clog10 [2] |fdimf [1] |lgammaf [1] |roundl [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |asinh [1] |clog10f [2] |fdiml [1] |lgammaf_r [2] |scalb [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |asinhf [1] |clog10l [2] |feclearexcept [1] |lgammal [1] |scalbf [2] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |asinhl [1] |clogf [1] |fegetenv [1] |lgammal_r [2] |scalbl [2] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |asinl [1] |clogl [1] |fegetexceptflag |llrint [1] |scalbln [1] | | | |[1] | | | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |atan [1] |conj [1] |fegetround [1] |llrintf [1] |scalblnf [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |atan2 [1] |conjf [1] |feholdexcept [1] |llrintl [1] |scalblnl [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |atan2f [1] |conjl [1] |feraiseexcept [1] |llround [1] |scalbn [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |atan2l [1] |copysign [1] |fesetenv [1] |llroundf [1] |scalbnf [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |atanf [1] |copysignf [1]|fesetexceptflag |llroundl [1] |scalbnl [1] | | | |[1] | | | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |atanh [1] |copysignl [1]|fesetround [1] |log [1] |significand [2] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |atanhf [1] |cos [1] |fetestexcept [1] |log10 [1] |significandf [2]| |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |atanhl [1] |cosf [1] |feupdateenv [1] |log10f [1] |significandl [2]| |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |atanl [1] |cosh [1] |finite [3] |log10l [1] |sin [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cabs [1] |coshf [1] |finitef [2] |log1p [1] |sincos [2] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cabsf [1] |coshl [1] |finitel [2] |logb [1] |sincosf [2] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cabsl [1] |cosl [1] |floor [1] |logf [1] |sincosl [2] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cacos [1] |cpow [1] |floorf [1] |logl [1] |sinf [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cacosf [1] |cpowf [1] |floorl [1] |lrint [1] |sinh [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cacosh [1] |cpowl [1] |fma [1] |lrintf [1] |sinhf [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cacoshf [1]|cproj [1] |fmaf [1] |lrintl [1] |sinhl [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cacoshl [1]|cprojf [1] |fmal [1] |lround [1] |sinl [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cacosl [1] |cprojl [1] |fmax [1] |lroundf [1] |sqrt [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |carg [1] |creal [1] |fmaxf [1] |lroundl [1] |sqrtf [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cargf [1] |crealf [1] |fmaxl [1] |matherr [2] |sqrtl [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cargl [1] |creall [1] |fmin [1] |modf [1] |tan [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |casin [1] |csin [1] |fminf [1] |modff [1] |tanf [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |casinf [1] |csinf [1] |fminl [1] |modfl [1] |tanh [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |casinh [1] |csinh [1] |fmod [1] |nan [1] |tanhf [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |casinhf [1]|csinhf [1] |fmodf [1] |nanf [1] |tanhl [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |casinhl [1]|csinhl [1] |fmodl [1] |nanl [1] |tanl [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |casinl [1] |csinl [1] |frexp [1] |nearbyint [1] |tgamma [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |catan [1] |csqrt [1] |frexpf [1] |nearbyintf [1] |tgammaf [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |catanf [1] |csqrtf [1] |frexpl [1] |nearbyintl [1] |tgammal [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |catanh [1] |csqrtl [1] |gamma [3] |nextafter [1] |trunc [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |catanhf [1]|ctan [1] |gammaf [2] |nextafterf [1] |truncf [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |catanhl [1]|ctanf [1] |gammal [2] |nextafterl [1] |truncl [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |catanl [1] |ctanh [1] |hypot [1] |nexttoward [1] |y0 [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cbrt [1] |ctanhf [1] |hypotf [1] |nexttowardf [1]|y0f [2] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cbrtf [1] |ctanhl [1] |hypotl [1] |nexttowardl [1]|y0l [2] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |cbrtl [1] |ctanl [1] |ilogb [1] |pow [1] |y1 [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |ccos [1] |dremf [2] |ilogbf [1] |pow10 [2] |y1f [2] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |ccosf [1] |dreml [2] |ilogbl [1] |pow10f [2] |y1l [2] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |ccosh [1] |erf [1] |j0 [1] |pow10l [2] |yn [1] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |ccoshf [1] |erfc [1] |j0f [2] |powf [1] |ynf [2] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |ccoshl [1] |erfcf [1] |j0l [2] |powl [1] |ynl [2] | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |ccosl [1] |erfcl [1] |j1 [1] |remainder [1] | | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |ceil [1] |erff [1] |j1f [2] |remainderf [1] | | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |ceilf [1] |erfl [1] |j1l [2] |remainderl [1] | | |-----------+-------------+------------------+---------------+----------------| |ceill [1] |exp [1] |jn [1] |remquo [1] | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. ISO POSIX (2003) [2]. ISO C (1999) [3]. SUSv2 An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Math specified in Table 7-31, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-31. libm - Math Data Interfaces +--------------------+ |signgam [1] | | | | | +--------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data Definitions for libm This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libm. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications. This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- complex.h #define complex _Complex ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- math.h #define DOMAIN 1 #define SING 2 struct exception { int type; char *name; double arg1; double arg2; double retval; } ; #define isinf(x) (sizeof (x) == sizeof (float) ? __isinff (x): sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? __isinf (x) : __isinfl (x)) #define isnan(x) (sizeof (x) == sizeof (float) ? __isnanf (x) : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? __isnan (x) : __isnanl (x)) #define HUGE_VAL 0x1.0p2047 #define HUGE_VALF 0x1.0p255f #define HUGE_VALL 0x1.0p32767L #define NAN ((float)0x7fc00000UL) #define M_1_PI 0.31830988618379067154 #define M_LOG10E 0.43429448190325182765 #define M_2_PI 0.63661977236758134308 #define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 #define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 #define M_PI_4 0.78539816339744830962 #define M_2_SQRTPI 1.12837916709551257390 #define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 #define M_LOG2E 1.4426950408889634074 #define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 #define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 #define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 #define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 #define INFINITY HUGE_VALF #define MATH_ERRNO 1 #define MATH_ERREXCEPT 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for libpthread Table 7-32 defines the library name and shared object name for the libpthread library Table 7-32. libpthread Definition +-------------------------+ |Library:|libpthread | |--------+----------------| |SONAME: |libpthread.so.0 | +-------------------------+ The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications: Large File Support this specification ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Realtime Threads ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Realtime Threads No external functions are defined for libpthread - Realtime Threads ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Advanced Realtime Threads ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Advanced Realtime Threads No external functions are defined for libpthread - Advanced Realtime Threads ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Posix Threads ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Posix Threads An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Posix Threads specified in Table 7-33, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-33. libpthread - Posix Threads Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |_pthread_cleanup_pop [1] |pthread_cancel [2] |pthread_join [2] |pthread_rwlock_destroy [2] |pthread_setconcurrency| | | | | |[2] | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |_pthread_cleanup_push [1] |pthread_cond_broadcast [2] |pthread_key_create [2] |pthread_rwlock_init [2] |pthread_setspecific | | | | | |[2] | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pread [2] |pthread_cond_destroy [2] |pthread_key_delete [2] |pthread_rwlock_rdlock [2] |pthread_sigmask [2] | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pread64 [3] |pthread_cond_init [2] |pthread_kill [2] |pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock |pthread_testcancel [2]| | | | |[2] | | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pthread_attr_destroy [2] |pthread_cond_signal [2] |pthread_mutex_destroy [2] |pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock |pwrite [2] | | | | |[2] | | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pthread_attr_getdetachstate|pthread_cond_timedwait [2] |pthread_mutex_init [2] |pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock [2] |pwrite64 [3] | |[2] | | | | | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pthread_attr_getguardsize |pthread_cond_wait [2] |pthread_mutex_lock [2] |pthread_rwlock_trywrlock [2] |sem_close [2] | |[2] | | | | | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pthread_attr_getschedparam |pthread_condattr_destroy |pthread_mutex_trylock [2] |pthread_rwlock_unlock [2] |sem_destroy [2] | |[2] |[2] | | | | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pthread_attr_getstackaddr |pthread_condattr_getpshared|pthread_mutex_unlock [2] |pthread_rwlock_wrlock [2] |sem_getvalue [2] | |[2] |[2] | | | | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pthread_attr_getstacksize |pthread_condattr_init [2] |pthread_mutexattr_destroy |pthread_rwlockattr_destroy |sem_init [2] | |[2] | |[2] |[2] | | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pthread_attr_init [2] |pthread_condattr_setpshared|pthread_mutexattr_getpshared|pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared|sem_open [2] | | |[2] |[2] |[2] | | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pthread_attr_setdetachstate|pthread_create [2] |pthread_mutexattr_gettype |pthread_rwlockattr_init [2] |sem_post [2] | |[2] | |[2] | | | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pthread_attr_setguardsize |pthread_detach [2] |pthread_mutexattr_init [2] |pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared|sem_timedwait [2] | |[2] | | |[2] | | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pthread_attr_setschedparam |pthread_equal [2] |pthread_mutexattr_setpshared|pthread_self [2] |sem_trywait [2] | |[2] | |[2] | | | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pthread_attr_setstackaddr |pthread_exit [2] |pthread_mutexattr_settype |pthread_setcancelstate [2] |sem_unlink [2] | |[2] | |[2] | | | |---------------------------+---------------------------+----------------------------+-----------------------------+----------------------| |pthread_attr_setstacksize |pthread_getspecific [2] |pthread_once [2] |pthread_setcanceltype [2] |sem_wait [2] | |[2] | | | | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) [3]. Large File Support ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data Definitions for libpthread This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libpthread. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications. This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- pthread.h #define PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT 1 #define PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL 1 #define PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP 1 #define PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 2 #define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DEFAULT_NP 2 #define PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK 3 #define pthread_cleanup_pop(execute) _pthread_cleanup_pop(& _buffer,(execute));} #define __LOCK_INITIALIZER { 0, 0 } #define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER { __LOCK_INITIALIZER, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL,PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DEFAULT_NP, PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE } #define PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER {0,0,0,PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP,__LOCK_INITIALIZER} #define pthread_cleanup_push(routine,arg) {struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer _buffer;_pthread_cleanup_push(& _buffer,(routine),(arg)); #define PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER {__LOCK_INITIALIZER,0} struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer { void (*__routine) (void *); void *__arg; int __canceltype; struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer *__prev; } ; typedef unsigned int pthread_key_t; typedef int pthread_once_t; typedef long long __pthread_cond_align_t; typedef unsigned long pthread_t; struct _pthread_fastlock { long __status; int __spinlock; } ; typedef struct _pthread_descr_struct *_pthread_descr; typedef struct { int __m_reserved; int __m_count; _pthread_descr __m_owner; int __m_kind; struct _pthread_fastlock __m_lock; } pthread_mutex_t; typedef struct { int __mutexkind; } pthread_mutexattr_t; typedef struct { int __detachstate; int __schedpolicy; struct sched_param __schedparam; int __inheritsched; int __scope; size_t __guardsize; int __stackaddr_set; void *__stackaddr; unsigned long __stacksize; } pthread_attr_t; typedef struct { struct _pthread_fastlock __c_lock; _pthread_descr __c_waiting; char __padding[48 - sizeof (struct _pthread_fastlock) - sizeof (_pthread_descr) - sizeof (__pthread_cond_align_t)]; __pthread_cond_align_t __align; } pthread_cond_t; typedef struct { int __dummy; } pthread_condattr_t; typedef struct _pthread_rwlock_t { struct _pthread_fastlock __rw_lock; int __rw_readers; _pthread_descr __rw_writer; _pthread_descr __rw_read_waiting; _pthread_descr __rw_write_waiting; int __rw_kind; int __rw_pshared; } pthread_rwlock_t; typedef struct { int __lockkind; int __pshared; } pthread_rwlockattr_t; #define PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE 0 #define PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED 0 #define PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT 0 #define PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE 0 #define PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED 1 #define PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED 1 #define PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED 1 #define PTHREAD_CANCELED ((void*)-1) #define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED 0 #define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE 0 #define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS 1 #define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- semaphore.h typedef struct { struct _pthread_fastlock __sem_lock; int __sem_value; _pthread_descr __sem_waiting; } sem_t; #define SEM_FAILED ((sem_t*)0) #define SEM_VALUE_MAX ((int)((~0u)>>1)) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interface Definitions for libpthread Table of Contents _pthread_cleanup_pop -- establish cancellation handlers _pthread_cleanup_push -- establish cancellation handlers The following interfaces are included in libpthread and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard. Other interfaces listed above for libpthread shall behave as described in the referenced base document. _pthread_cleanup_pop Name _pthread_cleanup_pop -- establish cancellation handlers Synopsis #include void _pthread_cleanup_pop(struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer *, int); Description The _pthread_cleanup_pop function provides an implementation of the pthread_cleanup_pop macro described in ISO POSIX (2003). The _pthread_cleanup_pop function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. _pthread_cleanup_push Name _pthread_cleanup_push -- establish cancellation handlers Synopsis #include void _pthread_cleanup_push(struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer *, void (*) (void *), void *); Description The _pthread_cleanup_push function provides an implementation of the pthread_cleanup_push macro described in ISO POSIX (2003). The _pthread_cleanup_push function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for libgcc_s Table 7-34 defines the library name and shared object name for the libgcc_s library Table 7-34. libgcc_s Definition +-----------------------+ |Library:|libgcc_s | |--------+--------------| |SONAME: |libgcc_s.so.1 | +-----------------------+ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Unwind Library ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Unwind Library No external functions are defined for libgcc_s - Unwind Library ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data Definitions for libgcc_s This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libgcc_s. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications. This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- unwind.h struct dwarf_eh_base { void *tbase; void *dbase; void *func; } ; struct _Unwind_Context; typedef unsigned int _Unwind_Ptr; typedef unsigned int _Unwind_Word; typedef enum { _URC_NO_REASON, _URC_FOREIGN_EXCEPTION_CAUGHT = 1, _URC_FATAL_PHASE2_ERROR = 2, _URC_FATAL_PHASE1_ERROR = 3, _URC_NORMAL_STOP = 4, _URC_END_OF_STACK = 5, _URC_HANDLER_FOUND = 6, _URC_INSTALL_CONTEXT = 7, _URC_CONTINUE_UNWIND = 8 } _Unwind_Reason_Code; struct _Unwind_Exception { _Unwind_Exception_Class; _Unwind_Exception_Cleanup_Fn; _Unwind_Word; _Unwind_Word; } ; #define _UA_SEARCH_PHASE 1 #define _UA_END_OF_STACK 16 #define _UA_CLEANUP_PHASE 2 #define _UA_HANDLER_FRAME 4 #define _UA_FORCE_UNWIND 8 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for libdl Table 7-35 defines the library name and shared object name for the libdl library Table 7-35. libdl Definition +--------------------+ |Library:|libdl | |--------+-----------| |SONAME: |libdl.so.2 | +--------------------+ The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications: this specification ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dynamic Loader ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Dynamic Loader An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Dynamic Loader specified in Table 7-36, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-36. libdl - Dynamic Loader Function Interfaces +-------------------------------------------------------+ |dladdr [1]|dlclose [2]|dlerror [2]|dlopen [1]|dlsym [1]| +-------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification [2]. ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data Definitions for libdl This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libdl. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications. This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- dlfcn.h #define RTLD_NEXT ((void *) -1l) #define RTLD_LOCAL 0 #define RTLD_LAZY 0x00001 #define RTLD_NOW 0x00002 #define RTLD_GLOBAL 0x00100 typedef struct { char *dli_fname; void *dli_fbase; char *dli_sname; void *dli_saddr; } Dl_info; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interface Definitions for libdl Table of Contents dladdr -- find the shared object containing a given address dlopen -- open dynamic object dlsym -- obtain the address of a symbol from a dlopen object The following interfaces are included in libdl and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard. Other interfaces listed above for libdl shall behave as described in the referenced base document. dladdr Name dladdr -- find the shared object containing a given address Synopsis #include typedef struct { const char *dli_fname; void *dli_fbase; const char *dli_sname; void *dli_saddr; } Dl_info; int dladdr(void *addr, Dl_info *dlip); Description The dladdr function shall query the dynamic linker for information about the shared object containing the address addr. The information shall be returned in the user supplied data structure referenced by dlip. The structure shall contain at least the following members: dli_fname The pathname of the shared object containing the address dli_fbase The base address at which the shared object is mapped into the address space of the calling process. dli_sname The name of the nearest runtime symbol with value less than or equal to addr. Where possible, the symbol name shall be returned as it would appear in C source code. If no symbol with a suitable value is found, both this field and dli_saddr shall be set to NULL. dli_saddr The address of the symbol returned in dli_sname. The behavior of dladdr is only specified in dynamically linked programs. Return Value On success, dladdr shall return non-zero, and the structure referenced by dlip shall be filled in as described. Otherwise, dladdr shall return zero, and the cause of the error can be fetched with dlerr. Errors See dlerr. Environment LD_LIBRARY_PATH directory search-path for object files dlopen Name dlopen -- open dynamic object Synopsis #include void * dlopen(const char *filename, int flag); Description dlopen shall behave as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with additional behaviors listed below. If the file argument does not contain a slash character, then the system shall look for a library of that name in at least the following directories, and use the first one which is found: * The directories specified by the DT_RPATH dynamic entry. * The directories specified in the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable (which is a colon separated list of pathnames). This step shall be skipped for setuid and setgid executables. * A set of directories sufficient to contain the libraries specified in this standard. Note: Traditionally, /lib and /usr/lib. This case would also cover cases in which the system used the mechanism of /etc/ld.so.conf and / etc/ld.so.cache to provide access. Example: An application which is not linked against libm may choose to dlopen libm. dlsym Name dlsym -- obtain the address of a symbol from a dlopen object Description dlsym is as specified in the ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. The special purpose value for handle RTLD_NEXT The value RTLD_NEXT, which is reserved for future use shall be available, with the behavior as described in ISO POSIX (2003). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for libcrypt Table 7-37 defines the library name and shared object name for the libcrypt library Table 7-37. libcrypt Definition +-----------------------+ |Library:|libcrypt | |--------+--------------| |SONAME: |libcrypt.so.1 | +-----------------------+ The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications: ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Encryption ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Encryption An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Encryption specified in Table 7-38, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-38. libcrypt - Encryption Function Interfaces +------------------------------------+ |crypt [1]|encrypt [1]|setkey [1]| | | +------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. ISO POSIX (2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for libpam Table 7-39 defines the library name and shared object name for the libpam library Table 7-39. libpam Definition +---------------------+ |Library:|libpam | |--------+------------| |SONAME: |libpam.so.0 | +---------------------+ A single service name, other, shall always be present. The behavior of this service shall be determined by the system administrator. Additional service names may also exist. [1] The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications: this specification ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pluggable Authentication API ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Pluggable Authentication API An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Pluggable Authentication API specified in Table 7-40, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 7-40. libpam - Pluggable Authentication API Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |pam_acct_mgmt |pam_close_session|pam_get_item [1]|pam_set_item|pam_strerror| |[1] |[1] | |[1] |[1] | |----------------+-----------------+----------------+------------+------------| |pam_authenticate|pam_end [1] |pam_getenvlist |pam_setcred | | |[1] | |[1] |[1] | | |----------------+-----------------+----------------+------------+------------| |pam_chauthtok |pam_fail_delay |pam_open_session|pam_start | | |[1] |[1] |[1] |[1] | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data Definitions for libpam This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libpam. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications. This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- security/pam_appl.h typedef struct pam_handle pam_handle_t; struct pam_message { int msg_style; const char *msg; } ; struct pam_response { char *resp; int resp_retcode; } ; struct pam_conv { int (*conv) (int num_msg, const struct pam_message * *msg, struct pam_response * *resp, void *appdata_ptr); void *appdata_ptr; } ; #define PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_OFF 1 #define PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_ON 2 #define PAM_ERROR_MSG 3 #define PAM_TEXT_INFO 4 #define PAM_SERVICE 1 #define PAM_USER 2 #define PAM_TTY 3 #define PAM_RHOST 4 #define PAM_CONV 5 #define PAM_RUSER 8 #define PAM_USER_PROMPT 9 #define PAM_SUCCESS 0 #define PAM_OPEN_ERR 1 #define PAM_USER_UNKNOWN 10 #define PAM_MAXTRIES 11 #define PAM_NEW_AUTHTOK_REQD 12 #define PAM_ACCT_EXPIRED 13 #define PAM_SESSION_ERR 14 #define PAM_CRED_UNAVAIL 15 #define PAM_CRED_EXPIRED 16 #define PAM_CRED_ERR 17 #define PAM_CONV_ERR 19 #define PAM_SYMBOL_ERR 2 #define PAM_AUTHTOK_ERR 20 #define PAM_AUTHTOK_RECOVER_ERR 21 #define PAM_AUTHTOK_LOCK_BUSY 22 #define PAM_AUTHTOK_DISABLE_AGING 23 #define PAM_TRY_AGAIN 24 #define PAM_ABORT 26 #define PAM_AUTHTOK_EXPIRED 27 #define PAM_BAD_ITEM 29 #define PAM_SERVICE_ERR 3 #define PAM_SYSTEM_ERR 4 #define PAM_BUF_ERR 5 #define PAM_PERM_DENIED 6 #define PAM_AUTH_ERR 7 #define PAM_CRED_INSUFFICIENT 8 #define PAM_AUTHINFO_UNAVAIL 9 #define PAM_DISALLOW_NULL_AUTHTOK 0x0001U #define PAM_ESTABLISH_CRED 0x0002U #define PAM_DELETE_CRED 0x0004U #define PAM_REINITIALIZE_CRED 0x0008U #define PAM_REFRESH_CRED 0x0010U #define PAM_CHANGE_EXPIRED_AUTHTOK 0x0020U #define PAM_SILENT 0x8000U ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interface Definitions for libpam Table of Contents pam_acct_mgmt -- establish the status of a user's account pam_authenticate -- authenticate the user pam_chauthtok -- change the authentication token for a given user pam_close_session -- indicate that an authenticated session has ended pam_end -- terminate the use of the PAM library pam_fail_delay -- specify delay time to use on authentication error pam_get_item -- obtain the value of the indicated item. pam_getenvlist -- returns a pointer to the complete PAM environment. pam_open_session -- used to indicate that an authenticated session has been initiated pam_set_item -- (re)set the value of an item. pam_setcred -- set the module-specific credentials of the user pam_start -- initialize the PAM library pam_strerror -- returns a string describing the PAM error The following interfaces are included in libpam and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard. Other interfaces listed above for libpam shall behave as described in the referenced base document. pam_acct_mgmt Name pam_acct_mgmt -- establish the status of a user's account Synopsis #include int pam_acct_mgmt(pam_handle_t *pamh, int flags); Description pam_acct_mgmt establishes the account's usability and the user's accessibility to the system. It is typically called after the user has been authenticated. flags may be specified as any valid flag (namely, one of those applicable to the flags argument of pam_authenticate). Additionally, the value of flags may be logically or'd with PAM_SILENT. Return Value PAM_SUCCESS Success. PAM_NEW_AUTHTOK_REQD User is valid, but user's authentication token has expired. The correct response to this return-value is to require that the user satisfy the pam_chauthtok function before obtaining service. It may not be possible for an application to do this. In such a case, the user should be denied access until the account password is updated. PAM_ACCT_EXPIRED User is no longer permitted access to the system. PAM_AUTH_ERR Authentication error. PAM_PERM_DENIED User is not permitted to gain access at this time. PAM_USER_UNKNOWN User is not known to a module's account management component. Errors May be translated to text with pam_strerror. pam_authenticate Name pam_authenticate -- authenticate the user Synopsis #include int pam_authenticate(pam_handle_t *pamh, int flags); Description pam_authenticate serves as an interface to the authentication mechanisms of the loaded modules. flags is an optional parameter that may be specified by the following value: PAM_DISALLOW_NULL_AUTHTOK Instruct the authentication modules to return PAM_AUTH_ERR if the user does not have a registered authorization token. Additionally, the value of flags may be logically or'd with PAM_SILENT. The process may need to be privileged in order to successfully call this function. Return Value PAM_SUCCESS Success. PAM_AUTH_ERR User was not authenticated or process did not have sufficient privileges to perform authentication. PAM_CRED_INSUFFICIENT Application does not have sufficient credentials to authenticate the user. PAM_AUTHINFO_UNAVAIL Modules were not able to access the authentication information. This might be due to a network or hardware failure, etc. PAM_USER_UNKNOWN Supplied username is not known to the authentication service. PAM_MAXTRIES One or more authentication modules has reached its limit of tries authenticating the user. Do not try again. PAM_ABORT One or more authentication modules failed to load. Errors May be translated to text with pam_strerror. pam_chauthtok Name pam_chauthtok -- change the authentication token for a given user Synopsis #include int pam_chauthtok(pam_handle_t *pamh, const int flags); Description pam_chauthtok is used to change the authentication token for a given user as indicated by the state associated with the handle pamh. flags is an optional parameter that may be specified by the following value: PAM_CHANGE_EXPIRED_AUTHTOK User's authentication token should only be changed if it has expired. Additionally, the value of flags may be logically or'd with PAM_SILENT. RETURN VALUE PAM_SUCCESS Success. PAM_AUTHTOK_ERR A module was unable to obtain the new authentication token. PAM_AUTHTOK_RECOVER_ERR A module was unable to obtain the old authentication token. PAM_AUTHTOK_LOCK_BUSY One or more modules were unable to change the authentication token since it is currently locked. PAM_AUTHTOK_DISABLE_AGING Authentication token aging has been disabled for at least one of the modules. PAM_PERM_DENIED Permission denied. PAM_TRY_AGAIN Not all modules were in a position to update the authentication token(s). In such a case, none of the user's authentication tokens are updated. PAM_USER_UNKNOWN User is not known to the authentication token changing service. ERRORS May be translated to text with pam_strerror. pam_close_session Name pam_close_session -- indicate that an authenticated session has ended Synopsis #include int pam_close_session(pam_handle_t *pamh, int flags); Description pam_close_session is used to indicate that an authenticated session has ended. It is used to inform the module that the user is exiting a session. It should be possible for the PAM library to open a session and close the same session from different applications. flags may have the value PAM_SILENT to indicate that no output should be generated as a result of this function call. Return Value PAM_SUCCESS Success. PAM_SESSION_ERR One of the required loaded modules was unable to close a session for the user. Errors May be translated to text with pam_strerror. pam_end Name pam_end -- terminate the use of the PAM library Synopsis #include int pam_end(pam_handle_t *pamh, int pam_status); Description pam_end terminates use of the PAM library. On success, the contents of *pamh are no longer valid, and all memory associated with it is invalid. Normally, pam_status is passed the value PAM_SUCCESS, but in the event of an unsuccessful service application, the appropriate PAM error return value should be used. Return Value PAM_SUCCESS Success. Errors May be translated to text with pam_strerror. pam_fail_delay Name pam_fail_delay -- specify delay time to use on authentication error Synopsis #include int pam_fail_delay(pam_handle_t *pamh, unsigned int micro_sec); Description pam_fail_delay specifies the minimum delay for the PAM library to use when an authentication error occurs. The actual delay can vary by as much at 25%. If this function is called multiple times, the longest time specified by any of the call will be used. The delay is invoked if an authentication error occurs during the pam_authenticate or pam_chauthtok function calls. Independent of the success of pam_authenticate or pam_chauthtok, the delay time is reset to its default value of 0 when the PAM library returns control to the application from these two functions. Return Value PAM_SUCCESS Success. Errors May be translated to text with pam_strerror. pam_get_item Name pam_get_item -- obtain the value of the indicated item. Synopsis #include int pam_get_item(const pam_handle_t *pamh, int item_type, const void **item); Description pam_get_item obtains the value of the indicated item_type. The possible values of item_type are the same as listed for pam_set_item. On success, item contains a pointer to the value of the corresponding item. Note that this is a pointer to the actual data and should not be free'd or over-written. Return Value PAM_SUCCESS Success. PAM_PERM_DENIED Application passed a NULL pointer for item. PAM_BAD_ITEM Application attempted to get an undefined item. Errors May be translated to text with pam_strerror. pam_getenvlist Name pam_getenvlist -- returns a pointer to the complete PAM environment. Synopsis #include char * const *pam_getenvlist(pam_handle_t *pamh); Description pam_getenvlist returns a pointer to the complete PAM environment. This pointer points to an array of pointers to NUL-terminated strings and must be terminated by a NULL pointer. Each string has the form "name=value". The PAM library module allocates memory for the returned value and the associated strings. The calling application is responsible for freeing this memory. Return Value pam_getenvlist returns an array of string pointers containing the PAM environment. On error, NULL is returned. pam_open_session Name pam_open_session -- used to indicate that an authenticated session has been initiated Synopsis #include int pam_open_session(pam_handle_t *pamh, int flags); Description pam_handle_t is used to indicate that an authenticated session has begun. It is used to inform the module that the user is currently in a session. It should be possible for the PAM library to open a session and close the same session from different applications. flags may have the value PAM_SILENT to indicate that no output be generated as a rsult of this function call. Return Value PAM_SUCCESS Success. PAM_SESSION_ERR One of the loaded modules was unable to open a session for the user. ERRORS May be translated to text with pam_strerror. pam_set_item Name pam_set_item -- (re)set the value of an item. Synopsis #include int pam_set_item(pam_handle_t *pamh, int item_type, const void *item); Description pam_set_item (re)sets the value of one of the following item_types: PAM_SERVICE service name PAM_USER user name PAM_TTY terminal name The value for a device file should include the /dev/ prefix. The value for graphical, X-based, applications should be the $DISPLAY variable. PAM_RHOST remote host name PAM_CONV conversation structure PAM_RUSER remote user name PAM_USER_PROMPT string to be used when prompting for a user's name The default value for this string is Please enter username: . For all item_types other than PAM_CONV, item is a pointer to a NULL-terminated character string. In the case of PAM_CONV, item points to an initialized pam_conv structure. Return Value PAM_SUCCESS Success. PAM_PERM_DENIED An attempt was made to replace the conversation structure with a NULL value. PAM_BUF_ERR Function ran out of memory making a copy of the item. PAM_BAD_ITEM Application attempted to set an undefined item. Errors May be translated to text with pam_strerror. pam_setcred Name pam_setcred -- set the module-specific credentials of the user Synopsis #include extern int pam_setcred(pam_handle_t *pamh, int flags); Description pam_setcred sets the module-specific credentials of the user. It is usually called after the user has been authenticated, after the account management function has been called and after a session has been opened for the user. flags maybe specified from among the following values: PAM_ESTABLISH_CRED set credentials for the authentication service PAM_DELETE_CRED delete credentials associated with the authentication service PAM_REINITIALIZE_CRED reinitialize the user credentials PAM_REFRESH_CRED extend lifetime of the user credentials Additionally, the value of flags may be logically or'd with PAM_SILENT. Return Value PAM_SUCCESS Success. PAM_CRED_UNAVAIL Module cannot retrieve the user's credentials. PAM_CRED_EXPIRED User's credentials have expired. PAM_USER_UNKNOWN User is not known to an authentication module. PAM_CRED_ERR Module was unable to set the credentials of the user. Errors May be translated to text with pam_strerror. pam_start Name pam_start -- initialize the PAM library Synopsis #include int pam_start(const char *service_name, const char *user, const (struct pam_conv *pam_conversation), pam_handle_t **pamh); Description pam_start is used to initialize the PAM library. It must be called prior to any other usage of the PAM library. On success, *pamh becomes a handle that provides continuity for successive calls to the PAM library. pam_start expects arguments as follows: the service_name of the program, the username of the individual to be authenticated, a pointer to an application-supplied pam_conv structure, and a pointer to a pam_handle_t pointer. An application must provide the conversation function used for direct communication between a loaded module and the application. The application also typically provides a means for the module to prompt the user for a password, etc. The structure, pam_conv, is defined to be, struct pam_conv { int (*conv) (int num_msg, const struct pam_message * *msg, struct pam_response * *resp, void *appdata_ptr); void *appdata_ptr; }; It is initialized by the application before it is passed to the library. The contents of this structure are attached to the *pamh handle. The point of this argument is to provide a mechanism for any loaded module to interact directly with the application program; this is why it is called a conversation structure. When a module calls the referenced conv function, appdata_ptr is set to the second element of this structure. The other arguments of a call to conv concern the information exchanged by module and application. num_msg holds the length of the array of pointers passed via msg. On success, the pointer resp points to an array of num_msg pam_response structures, holding the application-supplied text. Note that resp is a struct pam_response array and not an array of pointers. Return Value PAM_SUCCESS Success. PAM_BUF_ERR Memory allocation error. PAM_ABORT Internal failure. ERRORS May be translated to text with pam_strerror. pam_strerror Name pam_strerror -- returns a string describing the PAM error Synopsis #include const char * pam_strerror(pam_handle_t *pamh, int errnum); Description pam_strerror returns a string describing the PAM error associated with errnum. Return Value On success, this function returns a description of the indicated error. The application should not free or modify this string. This returned string will not be translated. III. Utility Libraries Table of Contents 8. utility Libraries ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 8. utility Libraries An LSB-conforming implementation shall also support some utility libraries which are built on top of the interfaces provided by the base libraries. These libraries implement common functionality, and hide additional system dependent information such as file formats and device names. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for libz Table 8-1 defines the library name and shared object name for the libz library Table 8-1. libz Definition +-------------------+ |Library:|libz | |--------+----------| |SONAME: |libz.so.1 | +-------------------+ The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications: zlib Manual ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Compression Library ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Compression Library An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Compression Library specified in Table 8-2, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 8-2. libz - Compression Library Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |adler32 [1] |deflateInit_ [1] |gzerror |gzread [1] |inflateInit2_ [1] | | | |[1] | | | |-------------+--------------------+---------+-----------+--------------------| |compress [1] |deflateParams [1] |gzflush |gzrewind |inflateInit_ [1] | | | |[1] |[1] | | |-------------+--------------------+---------+-----------+--------------------| |compress2 [1]|deflateReset [1] |gzgetc |gzseek [1] |inflateReset [1] | | | |[1] | | | |-------------+--------------------+---------+-----------+--------------------| |crc32 [1] |deflateSetDictionary|gzgets |gzsetparams|inflateSetDictionary| | |[1] |[1] |[1] |[1] | |-------------+--------------------+---------+-----------+--------------------| |deflate [1] |get_crc_table [1] |gzopen |gztell [1] |inflateSync [1] | | | |[1] | | | |-------------+--------------------+---------+-----------+--------------------| |deflateCopy |gzclose [1] |gzprintf |gzwrite [1]|inflateSyncPoint [1]| |[1] | |[1] | | | |-------------+--------------------+---------+-----------+--------------------| |deflateEnd |gzdopen [1] |gzputc |inflate [1]|uncompress [1] | |[1] | |[1] | | | |-------------+--------------------+---------+-----------+--------------------| |deflateInit2_|gzeof [1] |gzputs |inflateEnd |zError [1] | |[1] | |[1] |[1] | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. zlib Manual ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data Definitions for libz This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libz. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications. This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- zlib.h #define Z_NULL 0 #define MAX_WBITS 15 #define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 9 #define deflateInit2(strm,level,method,windowBits,memLevel,strategy) deflateInit2_((strm),(level),(method),(windowBits),(memLevel),(strategy),ZLIB_VERSION,sizeof(z_stream)) #define deflateInit(strm,level) deflateInit_((strm), (level), ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream)) #define inflateInit2(strm,windowBits) inflateInit2_((strm), (windowBits), ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream)) #define inflateInit(strm) inflateInit_((strm), ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream)) typedef int intf; typedef void *voidpf; typedef unsigned int uInt; typedef unsigned long uLong; typedef uLong uLongf; typedef void *voidp; typedef unsigned char Byte; typedef off_t z_off_t; typedef void *const voidpc; typedef voidpf (*alloc_func) (voidpf opaque, uInt items, uInt size); typedef void (*free_func) (voidpf opaque, voidpf address); struct internal_state { int dummy; } ; typedef Byte Bytef; typedef uInt uIntf; typedef struct z_stream_s { Bytef *next_in; uInt avail_in; uLong total_in; Bytef *next_out; uInt avail_out; uLong total_out; char *msg; struct internal_state *state; alloc_func zalloc; free_func zfree; voidpf opaque; int data_type; uLong adler; uLong reserved; } z_stream; typedef z_stream *z_streamp; typedef voidp gzFile; #define Z_NO_FLUSH 0 #define Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH 1 #define Z_SYNC_FLUSH 2 #define Z_FULL_FLUSH 3 #define Z_FINISH 4 #define Z_ERRNO (-1) #define Z_STREAM_ERROR (-2) #define Z_DATA_ERROR (-3) #define Z_MEM_ERROR (-4) #define Z_BUF_ERROR (-5) #define Z_OK 0 #define Z_STREAM_END 1 #define Z_NEED_DICT 2 #define Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1) #define Z_NO_COMPRESSION 0 #define Z_BEST_SPEED 1 #define Z_BEST_COMPRESSION 9 #define Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY 0 #define Z_FILTERED 1 #define Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY 2 #define Z_BINARY 0 #define Z_ASCII 1 #define Z_UNKNOWN 2 #define Z_DEFLATED 8 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for libncurses Table 8-3 defines the library name and shared object name for the libncurses library Table 8-3. libncurses Definition +-------------------------+ |Library:|libncurses | |--------+----------------| |SONAME: |libncurses.so.5 | +-------------------------+ The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications: X/Open Curses ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Curses ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Curses An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Curses specified in Table 8-4, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 8-4. libncurses - Curses Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |addch [1] |has_ic [1] |mvwaddchnstr [1]|scr_init [1] |vwscanw [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |addchnstr [1] |has_il [1] |mvwaddchstr [1] |scr_restore [1]|waddch [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |addchstr [1] |hline [1] |mvwaddnstr [1] |scr_set [1] |waddchnstr | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |addnstr [1] |idcok [1] |mvwaddstr [1] |scrl [1] |waddchstr | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |addstr [1] |idlok [1] |mvwchgat [1] |scroll [1] |waddnstr [1]| |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |attr_get [1] |immedok [1] |mvwdelch [1] |scrollok [1] |waddstr [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |attr_off [1] |inch [1] |mvwgetch [1] |set_curterm [1]|wattr_get | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |attr_on [1] |inchnstr [1] |mvwgetnstr [1] |set_term [1] |wattr_off | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |attr_set [1] |inchstr [1] |mvwgetstr [1] |setscrreg [1] |wattr_on [1]| |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |attroff [1] |init_color [1]|mvwhline [1] |setupterm [1] |wattr_set | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |attron [1] |init_pair [1] |mvwin [1] |slk_attr_set |wattroff [1]| | | | |[1] | | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |attrset [1] |initscr [1] |mvwinch [1] |slk_attroff [1]|wattron [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |baudrate [1] |innstr [1] |mvwinchnstr [1] |slk_attron [1] |wattrset [1]| |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |beep [1] |insch [1] |mvwinchstr [1] |slk_attrset [1]|wbkgd [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |bkgd [1] |insdelln [1] |mvwinnstr [1] |slk_clear [1] |wbkgdset [1]| |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |bkgdset [1] |insertln [1] |mvwinsch [1] |slk_color [1] |wborder [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |border [1] |insnstr [1] |mvwinsnstr [1] |slk_init [1] |wchgat [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |box [1] |insstr [1] |mvwinsstr [1] |slk_label [1] |wclear [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |can_change_color|instr [1] |mvwinstr [1] |slk_noutrefresh|wclrtobot | |[1] | | |[1] |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |cbreak [1] |intrflush [1] |mvwprintw [1] |slk_refresh [1]|wclrtoeol | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |chgat [1] |is_linetouched|mvwscanw [1] |slk_restore [1]|wcolor_set | | |[1] | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |clear [1] |is_wintouched |mvwvline [1] |slk_set [1] |wcursyncup | | |[1] | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |clearok [1] |isendwin [1] |napms [1] |slk_touch [1] |wdelch [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |clrtobot [1] |keyname [1] |newpad [1] |standend [1] |wdeleteln | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |clrtoeol [1] |keypad [1] |newterm [1] |standout [1] |wechochar | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |color_content |killchar [1] |newwin [1] |start_color [1]|werase [1] | |[1] | | | | | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |color_set [1] |leaveok [1] |nl [1] |subpad [1] |wgetch [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |copywin [1] |longname [1] |nocbreak [1] |subwin [1] |wgetnstr [1]| |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |curs_set [1] |meta [1] |nodelay [1] |syncok [1] |wgetstr [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |def_prog_mode |move [1] |noecho [1] |termattrs [1] |whline [1] | |[1] | | | | | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |def_shell_mode |mvaddch [1] |nonl [1] |termname [1] |winch [1] | |[1] | | | | | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |del_curterm [1] |mvaddchnstr |noqiflush [1] |tgetent [1] |winchnstr | | |[1] | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |delay_output [1]|mvaddchstr [1]|noraw [1] |tgetflag [1] |winchstr [1]| |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |delch [1] |mvaddnstr [1] |notimeout [1] |tgetnum [1] |winnstr [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |deleteln [1] |mvaddstr [1] |overlay [1] |tgetstr [1] |winsch [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |delscreen [1] |mvchgat [1] |overwrite [1] |tgoto [1] |winsdelln | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |delwin [1] |mvcur [1] |pair_content [1]|tigetflag [1] |winsertln | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |derwin [1] |mvdelch [1] |pechochar [1] |tigetnum [1] |winsnstr [1]| |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |doupdate [1] |mvderwin [1] |pnoutrefresh [1]|tigetstr [1] |winsstr [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |dupwin [1] |mvgetch [1] |prefresh [1] |timeout [1] |winstr [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |echo [1] |mvgetnstr [1] |printw [1] |touchline [1] |wmove [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |echochar [1] |mvgetstr [1] |putp [1] |touchwin [1] |wnoutrefresh| | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |endwin [1] |mvhline [1] |putwin [1] |tparm [1] |wprintw [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |erase [1] |mvinch [1] |qiflush [1] |tputs [1] |wredrawln | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |erasechar [1] |mvinchnstr [1]|raw [1] |typeahead [1] |wrefresh [1]| |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |filter [1] |mvinchstr [1] |redrawwin [1] |unctrl [1] |wscanw [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |flash [1] |mvinnstr [1] |refresh [1] |ungetch [1] |wscrl [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |flushinp [1] |mvinsch [1] |reset_prog_mode |untouchwin [1] |wsetscrreg | | | |[1] | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |getbkgd [1] |mvinsnstr [1] |reset_shell_mode|use_env [1] |wstandend | | | |[1] | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |getch [1] |mvinsstr [1] |resetty [1] |vidattr [1] |wstandout | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |getnstr [1] |mvinstr [1] |restartterm [1] |vidputs [1] |wsyncdown | | | | | |[1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |getstr [1] |mvprintw [1] |ripoffline [1] |vline [1] |wsyncup [1] | |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |getwin [1] |mvscanw [1] |savetty [1] |vw_printw [1] |wtimeout [1]| |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |halfdelay [1] |mvvline [1] |scanw [1] |vw_scanw [1] |wtouchln [1]| |----------------+--------------+----------------+---------------+------------| |has_colors [1] |mvwaddch [1] |scr_dump [1] |vwprintw [1] |wvline [1] | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. X/Open Curses An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Curses specified in Table 8-5, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 8-5. libncurses - Curses Data Interfaces +---------------------------------------------------+ |COLORS [1] |COLS [1] |acs_map [1] |curscr [1]| | |---------------+---------+------------+----------+-| |COLOR_PAIRS [1]|LINES [1]|cur_term [1]|stdscr [1]| | +---------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. X/Open Curses ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data Definitions for libncurses This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libncurses. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications. This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- curses.h #define ERR (-1) #define OK (0) #define ACS_RARROW (acs_map['+']) #define ACS_LARROW (acs_map[',']) #define ACS_UARROW (acs_map['-']) #define ACS_DARROW (acs_map['.']) #define ACS_BLOCK (acs_map['0']) #define ACS_CKBOARD (acs_map['a']) #define ACS_DEGREE (acs_map['f']) #define ACS_PLMINUS (acs_map['g']) #define ACS_BOARD (acs_map['h']) #define ACS_LANTERN (acs_map['i']) #define ACS_LRCORNER (acs_map['j']) #define ACS_URCORNER (acs_map['k']) #define ACS_ULCORNER (acs_map['l']) #define ACS_LLCORNER (acs_map['m']) #define ACS_PLUS (acs_map['n']) #define ACS_S1 (acs_map['o']) #define ACS_HLINE (acs_map['q']) #define ACS_S9 (acs_map['s']) #define ACS_LTEE (acs_map['t']) #define ACS_RTEE (acs_map['u']) #define ACS_BTEE (acs_map['v']) #define ACS_TTEE (acs_map['w']) #define ACS_VLINE (acs_map['x']) #define ACS_DIAMOND (acs_map['`']) #define ACS_BULLET (acs_map['~']) #define getmaxyx(win,y,x) (y=(win)?((win)->_maxy+1):ERR,x=(win)?((win)->_maxx+1):ERR) #define getbegyx(win,y,x) (y=(win)?(win)->_begy:ERR,x=(win)?(win)->_begx:ERR) #define getyx(win,y,x) (y=(win)?(win)->_cury:ERR,x=(win)?(win)->_curx:ERR) #define getparyx(win,y,x) (y=(win)?(win)->_pary:ERR,x=(win)?(win)->_parx:ERR) #define WA_ALTCHARSET A_ALTCHARSET #define WA_ATTRIBUTES A_ATTRIBUTES #define WA_BLINK A_BLINK #define WA_BOLD A_BOLD #define WA_DIM A_DIM #define WA_HORIZONTAL A_HORIZONTAL #define WA_INVIS A_INVIS #define WA_LEFT A_LEFT #define WA_LOW A_LOW #define WA_NORMAL A_NORMAL #define WA_PROTECT A_PROTECT #define WA_REVERSE A_REVERSE #define WA_RIGHT A_RIGHT #define WA_STANDOUT A_STANDOUT #define WA_TOP A_TOP #define WA_UNDERLINE A_UNDERLINE #define WA_VERTICAL A_VERTICAL #define A_REVERSE NCURSES_BITS(1UL,10) #define COLOR_BLACK 0 #define COLOR_RED 1 #define COLOR_GREEN 2 #define COLOR_YELLOW 3 #define COLOR_BLUE 4 #define COLOR_MAGENTA 5 #define COLOR_CYAN 6 #define COLOR_WHITE 7 #define _SUBWIN 0x01 #define _ENDLINE 0x02 #define _FULLWIN 0x04 #define _ISPAD 0x10 #define _HASMOVED 0x20 typedef unsigned char bool; typedef unsigned long chtype; typedef struct screen SCREEN; typedef struct _win_st WINDOW; typedef chtype attr_t; typedef struct { attr_t attr; wchar_t chars[5]; } cchar_t; struct pdat { short _pad_y; short _pad_x; short _pad_top; short _pad_left; short _pad_bottom; short _pad_right; } ; struct _win_st { short _cury; short _curx; short _maxy; short _maxx; short _begy; short _begx; short _flags; attr_t _attrs; chtype _bkgd; bool _notimeout; bool _clear; bool _leaveok; bool _scroll; bool _idlok; bool _idcok; bool _immed; bool _sync; bool _use_keypad; int _delay; struct ldat *_line; short _regtop; short _regbottom; int _parx; int _pary; WINDOW *_parent; struct pdat _pad; short _yoffset; cchar_t _bkgrnd; } ; #define KEY_CODE_YES 0400 #define KEY_BREAK 0401 #define KEY_MIN 0401 #define KEY_DOWN 0402 #define KEY_UP 0403 #define KEY_LEFT 0404 #define KEY_RIGHT 0405 #define KEY_HOME 0406 #define KEY_BACKSPACE 0407 #define KEY_F0 0410 #define KEY_DL 0510 #define KEY_IL 0511 #define KEY_DC 0512 #define KEY_IC 0513 #define KEY_EIC 0514 #define KEY_CLEAR 0515 #define KEY_EOS 0516 #define KEY_EOL 0517 #define KEY_SF 0520 #define KEY_SR 0521 #define KEY_NPAGE 0522 #define KEY_PPAGE 0523 #define KEY_STAB 0524 #define KEY_CTAB 0525 #define KEY_CATAB 0526 #define KEY_ENTER 0527 #define KEY_SRESET 0530 #define KEY_RESET 0531 #define KEY_PRINT 0532 #define KEY_LL 0533 #define KEY_A1 0534 #define KEY_A3 0535 #define KEY_B2 0536 #define KEY_C1 0537 #define KEY_C3 0540 #define KEY_BTAB 0541 #define KEY_BEG 0542 #define KEY_CANCEL 0543 #define KEY_CLOSE 0544 #define KEY_COMMAND 0545 #define KEY_COPY 0546 #define KEY_CREATE 0547 #define KEY_END 0550 #define KEY_EXIT 0551 #define KEY_FIND 0552 #define KEY_HELP 0553 #define KEY_MARK 0554 #define KEY_MESSAGE 0555 #define KEY_MOVE 0556 #define KEY_NEXT 0557 #define KEY_OPEN 0560 #define KEY_OPTIONS 0561 #define KEY_PREVIOUS 0562 #define KEY_REDO 0563 #define KEY_REFERENCE 0564 #define KEY_REFRESH 0565 #define KEY_REPLACE 0566 #define KEY_RESTART 0567 #define KEY_RESUME 0570 #define KEY_SAVE 0571 #define KEY_SBEG 0572 #define KEY_SCANCEL 0573 #define KEY_SCOMMAND 0574 #define KEY_SCOPY 0575 #define KEY_SCREATE 0576 #define KEY_SDC 0577 #define KEY_SDL 0600 #define KEY_SELECT 0601 #define KEY_SEND 0602 #define KEY_SEOL 0603 #define KEY_SEXIT 0604 #define KEY_SFIND 0605 #define KEY_SHELP 0606 #define KEY_SHOME 0607 #define KEY_SIC 0610 #define KEY_SLEFT 0611 #define KEY_SMESSAGE 0612 #define KEY_SMOVE 0613 #define KEY_SNEXT 0614 #define KEY_SOPTIONS 0615 #define KEY_SPREVIOUS 0616 #define KEY_SPRINT 0617 #define KEY_SREDO 0620 #define KEY_SREPLACE 0621 #define KEY_SRIGHT 0622 #define KEY_SRSUME 0623 #define KEY_SSAVE 0624 #define KEY_SSUSPEND 0625 #define KEY_SUNDO 0626 #define KEY_SUSPEND 0627 #define KEY_UNDO 0630 #define KEY_MOUSE 0631 #define KEY_RESIZE 0632 #define KEY_MAX 0777 #define PAIR_NUMBER(a) (((a)& A_COLOR)>>8) #define NCURSES_BITS(mask,shift) ((mask)<<((shift)+8)) #define A_CHARTEXT (NCURSES_BITS(1UL,0)-1UL) #define A_NORMAL 0L #define NCURSES_ATTR_SHIFT 8 #define A_COLOR NCURSES_BITS(((1UL)<<8)-1UL,0) #define A_BLINK NCURSES_BITS(1UL,11) #define A_DIM NCURSES_BITS(1UL,12) #define A_BOLD NCURSES_BITS(1UL,13) #define A_ALTCHARSET NCURSES_BITS(1UL,14) #define A_INVIS NCURSES_BITS(1UL,15) #define A_PROTECT NCURSES_BITS(1UL,16) #define A_HORIZONTAL NCURSES_BITS(1UL,17) #define A_LEFT NCURSES_BITS(1UL,18) #define A_LOW NCURSES_BITS(1UL,19) #define A_RIGHT NCURSES_BITS(1UL,20) #define A_TOP NCURSES_BITS(1UL,21) #define A_VERTICAL NCURSES_BITS(1UL,22) #define A_STANDOUT NCURSES_BITS(1UL,8) #define A_UNDERLINE NCURSES_BITS(1UL,9) #define COLOR_PAIR(n) NCURSES_BITS(n,0) #define A_ATTRIBUTES NCURSES_BITS(~(1UL-1UL),0) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for libutil Table 8-6 defines the library name and shared object name for the libutil library Table 8-6. libutil Definition +----------------------+ |Library:|libutil | |--------+-------------| |SONAME: |libutil.so.1 | +----------------------+ The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications: this specification ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Utility Functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces for Utility Functions An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Utility Functions specified in Table 8-7, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification. Table 8-7. libutil - Utility Functions Function Interfaces +-----------------------------------------+ |forkpty [1]|login_tty [1]|logwtmp [1]| | | |-----------+-------------+-----------+-+-| |login [1] |logout [1] |openpty [1]| | | +-----------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. this specification ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interface Definitions for libutil Table of Contents forkpty -- Create a new process attached to an available pseudo-terminal login -- login utility function login_tty -- Prepare a terminal for login logout -- logout utility function logwtmp -- append an entry to the wtmp file openpty -- find and open an available pseudo-terminal The following interfaces are included in libutil and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard. Other interfaces listed above for libutil shall behave as described in the referenced base document. forkpty Name forkpty -- Create a new process attached to an available pseudo-terminal Synopsis #include int forkpty(int * amaster, char * name, struct termios * termp, struct winsize * winp); Description The forkpty() function shall find and open a pseudo-terminal device pair in the same manner as the openpty() function. If a pseudo-terminal is available, forkpty shall create a new process in the same manner as the fork() function, and prepares the new process for login in the same manner as login_tty(). If termp is not null, it shall refer to a termios structure that shall be used to initialize the characteristics of the slave device. If winp is not null, it shall refer to a winsize structure used to initialize the window size of the slave device. Return Value On success, the parent process shall return the process id of the child, and the child shall return 0. On error, no new process shall be created, -1 shall be returned, and errno shall be set appropriately. On success, the parent process shall receive the file descriptor of the master side of the pseudo-terminal in the location referenced by amaster, and, if name is not NULL, the filename of the slave device in name. Errors EAGAIN Unable to create a new process. ENOENT There are no available pseudo-terminals. ENOMEM Insufficient memory was available. login Name login -- login utility function Synopsis #include void login (struct utmp * ut ); Description The login function shall update the user accounting databases. The ut parameter shall reference a utmp structure for all fields except the following: 1. The ut_type field shall be set to USER_PROCESS. 2. The ut_pid field shall be set to the process identifier for the current process. 3. The ut_line field shall be set to the name of the controlling terminal device. The name shall be found by examaning the device associated with the standard input, output and error streams in sequence, until one associated with a terminal device is found. If none of these streams refers to a terminal device, the ut_line field shall be set to "???". If the terminal device is in the /dev directory hierarchy, the ut_line field shall not contain the leading "/dev/", otherwise it shall be set to the final component of the pathname of the device. If the user accounting database imposes a limit on the size of the ut_line field, it shall truncate the name, but any such limit shall not be smaller than UT_LINESIZE (including a terminating null character). Return Value None Errors None login_tty Name login_tty -- Prepare a terminal for login Synopsis #include int login_tty (int fdr); Description The login_tty() function shall prepare the terminal device referenced by the file descriptor fdr. This function shall create a new session, make the terminal the controlling terminal for the current process, and set the standard input, output, and error streams of the current process to the terminal. If fdr is not the standard input, output or error stream, then login_tty() shall close fdr. Return Value On success, login_tty() shall return zero; otherwise -1 is returned, and errno shall be set appropriately. Errors ENOTTY fdr does not refer to a terminal device. logout Name logout -- logout utility function Synopsis #include int logout (const char * line ); Description Given the device line, the logout function shall search the user accounting database which is read by getutent for an entry with the corresponding line, and with the type of USER_PROCESS. If a corresponding entry is located, it shall be updated as follows: 1. The ut_name field shall be set to zeroes (UT_NAMESIZE NUL bytes). 2. The ut_host field shall be set to zeroes (UT_HOSTSIZE NUL bytes). 3. The ut_tv shall be set to the current time of day. 4. The ut_type field shall be set to DEAD_PROCESS. Return Value On success, the logout() function shall return non-zero. Zero is returned if there was no entry to remove, or if the utmp file could not be opened or updated. logwtmp Name logwtmp -- append an entry to the wtmp file Synopsis #include void logwtmp (const char * line , const char * name , const char * host ); Description If the process has permission to update the user accounting databases, the logwtmp function shall append a record to the user accounting database that records all logins and logouts. The record to be appended shall be constructed as follows: 1. The ut_line field shall be intitialized from line. If the user accounting database imposes a limit on the size of the ut_line field, it shall truncate the value, but any such limit shall not be smaller than UT_LINESIZE (including a terminating null character). 2. The ut_name field shall be intitialized from name. If the user accounting database imposes a limit on the size of the ut_name field, it shall truncate the value, but any such limit shall not be smaller than UT_NAMESIZE (including a terminating null character). 3. The ut_host field shall be intitialized from host. If the user accounting database imposes a limit on the size of the ut_host field, it shall truncate the value, but any such limit shall not be smaller than UT_HOSTSIZE (including a terminating null character). 4. If the name parameter does not refer to an empty string (i.e. ""), the ut_type field shall be set to USER_PROCESS; otherwise the ut_type fieldshall be set to DEAD_PROCESS. 5. The ut_id field shall be set to the process identifier for the current process. 6. The ut_tv field shall be set to the current time of day. Note: If a process does not have write access to the the user accounting database, the logwtmp function will not update it. Since the function does not return any value, an application has no way of knowing whether it succeeded or failed. Return Value None. openpty Name openpty -- find and open an available pseudo-terminal Synopsis #include int openpty(int *amaster, int *aslave, char *name, struct termios *termp, struct winsize *winp); Description The openpty() function shall find an available pseudo-terminal and return file descriptors for the master and slave devices in the locations referenced by amaster and aslave respectively. If name is not NULL, the filename of the slave shall be placed in the user supplied buffer referenced by name. If termp is not NULL, it shall point to a termios structure used to initialize the terminal parameters of the slave pseudo-terminal device. If winp is not NULL, it shall point to a winsize structure used to initialize the window size parameters of the slave pseudo-terminal device. Return Value On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately. Errors ENOENT There are no available pseudo-terminals. IV. Commands and Utilities Table of Contents 9. Commands and Utilities ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 9. Commands and Utilities Commands and Utilities Table 9-1 lists the Commands and Utilities required to be present on a conforming system. These commands and utilities shall behave as described in the relevant underlying specification, with the following exceptions: 1. If any operand (except one which follows --) starts with a hyphen, the behavior is unspecified. Rationale (Informative): Applications should place options before operands, or use --, as needed. This text is needed because GNU option parsing differs from POSIX. For example, ls . -a in GNU ls means to list the current directory, showing all files (that is, "." is an operand and -a is an option). In POSIX, "." and -a are both operands, and the command means to list the current directory, and also the file named -a. Suggesting that applications rely on the setting of the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable, or try to set it, seems worse than just asking the applictions to invoke commands in ways which work with either the POSIX or GNU behaviors. The behavior of the interfaces described in this section is specified by the following standards. this specification ISO POSIX (2003) Table 9-1. Commands and Utilities +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |[ [1] |ar [2] |at [2] |awk [2] |basename [1] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |batch [2] |bc [2] |cat [1] |chfn [2] |chgrp [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |chmod [1] |chown [2] |chsh [2] |cksum [1] |cmp [1] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |col [2] |comm [1] |cp [1] |cpio [2] |crontab [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |csplit [1] |cut [2] |date [1] |dd [1] |df [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |diff [1] |dirname [1] |dmesg [2] |du [2] |echo [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |egrep [2] |env [1] |expand [1] |expr [1] |false [1] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |fgrep [2] |file [2] |find [2] |fold [1] |fuser [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |gencat [1] |getconf [1] |gettext [2] |grep [2] |groupadd [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |groupdel [2] |groupmod [2]|groups [2] |gunzip [2] |gzip [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |head [1] |hostname [2]|iconv [1] |id [1] |install [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |install_initd [2]|ipcrm [2] |ipcs [2] |join [1] |kill [1] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |killall [2] |ln [1] |locale [1] |localedef [1]|logname [1] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |lpr [2] |ls [2] |lsb_release [2]|m4 [2] |make [1] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |man [1] |md5sum [2] |mkdir [1] |mkfifo [1] |mknod [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |mktemp [2] |more [2] |mount [2] |msgfmt [2] |mv [1] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |newgrp [2] |nice [1] |nl [1] |nohup [1] |od [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |passwd [2] |paste [1] |patch [2] |pathchk [1] |pidof [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |pr [1] |printf [1] |ps [1] |pwd [1] |remove_initd [2]| |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |renice [2] |rm [1] |rmdir [1] |sed [2] |sendmail [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |sh [1] |shutdown [2]|sleep [1] |sort [1] |split [1] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |strip [1] |stty [1] |su [2] |sync [2] |tail [1] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |tar [2] |tee [1] |test [1] |time [1] |touch [1] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |tr [1] |true [1] |tsort [1] |tty [1] |umount [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |uname [1] |unexpand [1]|uniq [1] |useradd [2] |userdel [2] | |-----------------+------------+---------------+-------------+----------------| |usermod [2] |wc [1] |xargs [2] | | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Referenced Specification(s) [1]. ISO POSIX (2003) [2]. this specification ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Command Behavior Table of Contents ar -- create and maintain library archives (LSB DEPRECATED) at -- examine or delete jobs for later execution awk -- pattern scanning and processing language batch -- schedule commands to be executed in a batch queue bc -- An arbitrary precision calculator language chfn -- change user name and information chgrp -- change file group chown -- change file owner and group chsh -- change login shell col -- filter reverse line feeds from input cpio -- copy file archives in and out crontab -- maintain crontab files for individual users cut -- split a file into sections determined by context lines df -- report filesystem disk space usage dmesg -- print or control the system message buffer du -- estimate file space usage echo -- display a line of text egrep -- search a file with an ERE pattern fgrep -- search a file with a fixed pattern file -- determine file type find -- search for files in a directory hierarchy fuser -- identify processes using files or sockets gettext -- retrieve text string from message catalog grep -- print lines matching a pattern groupadd -- create a new group groupdel -- delete a group groupmod -- modify a group groups -- display a group gunzip -- uncompress files gzip -- compress or expand files hostname -- show or set the system's host name install -- copy files and set attributes install_initd -- install an init.d file ipcrm -- Remove IPC Resources ipcs -- provide information on ipc facilities killall -- kill processes by name lpr -- off line print ls -- list directory contents lsb_release -- print distribution specific information m4 -- macro processor md5sum -- generate or check MD5 message digests mknod -- make special files mktemp -- make temporary file name (unique) more -- display files on a page-by-page basis mount -- mount a file system msgfmt -- create a message object from a message file newgrp -- change group ID od -- dump files in octal and other formats passwd -- change user password patch -- apply a diff file to an original pidof -- find the process ID of a running program remove_initd -- clean up boot script system modifications introduced by install_initd renice -- alter priority of running processes sed -- stream editor sendmail -- an electronic mail transport agent shutdown -- bring the system down su -- change user ID or become super-user sync -- flush filesystem buffers tar -- file archiver umount -- unmount file systems useradd -- create a new user or update default new user information userdel -- delete a user account and related files usermod -- modify a user account xargs -- build and execute command lines from standard input This section contains descriptions for commands and utilities whose specified behavior in the LSB contradicts or extends the standards referenced. It also contains commands and utilities only required by the LSB and not specified by other standards. ar Name ar -- create and maintain library archives (LSB DEPRECATED) Description ar is deprecated from the LSB and is expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB. Rationale: The LSB generally does not include software development utilities nor does it specify .o and .a file formats. ar is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003) but with differences as listed below. Differences -T, -C need not be accepted. -l has unspecified behavior. -q has unspecified behavior; using -r is suggested. at Name at -- examine or delete jobs for later execution Description at is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003) but with differences as listed below. Differences -d is functionally equivalent to the -r option specified in ISO POSIX (2003). -r need not be supported, but the '-d' option is equivalent. -t time need not be supported. Files The files at.allow and at.deny reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron. awk Name awk -- pattern scanning and processing language Description awk is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003) but with differences as listed below. Differences Certain aspects of internationalized regular expressions are optional; see Internationalization and Regular Expressions>. batch Name batch -- schedule commands to be executed in a batch queue Description The specification for batch is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with the following differences as listed below. Files The files at.allow and at.deny reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron. bc Name bc -- An arbitrary precision calculator language Description bc is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003) but with differences as listed below. Differences The bc language may be extended in an implementation defined manner. If an implementation supports extensions, it shall also support the additional options: -s|--standard processes exactly the POSIX bc language. -w|--warn gives warnings for extensions to POSIX bc. chfn Name chfn -- change user name and information Synopsis chfn [-f full_name] [-h home_phone] [user] Description chfn shall update the user database. An unprivileged user may only change the fields for their own account, a user with appropriate privileges may change the fields for any account. The fields full_name and home_phone may contain any character except: any control character comma colon equal sign If none of the options are selected, chfn operates in an interactive fashion. The prompts and expected input in interactive mode are unspecified and should not be relied upon. As it is possible for the system to be configured to restrict which fields a non-privileged user is permitted to change, applications should be written to gracefully handle these situations. Standard Options -f full_name sets the user's full name. -h home_phone sets the user's home phone number. Future Directions The following two options are expected to be added in a future version of the LSB: -o office sets the user's office room number. -p office_phone sets the user's office phone number. Note that some implementations contain a "-o other" option which specifies an additional field called "other". Traditionally, this field is not subject to the constraints about legitimate characters in fields. Also, one traditionally shall have appropriate privileges to change the other field. At this point there is no consensus about whether it is desirable to specify the other field; applications may wish to avoid using it. The "-w work_phone" field found in some implementations should be replaced by the "-p office_phone" field. The "-r room_number" field found in some implementations is the equivalent of the "-o office" option mentioned above; which one of these two options to specify will depend on implementation experience and the decision regarding the other field. chgrp Name chgrp -- change file group Description chgrp is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003) but with differences as listed below. Differences The -L, -H, and -P options need not be supported. chown Name chown -- change file owner and group Description chown is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003) but with differences as listed below. Differences The -L, -H, and -P options need not be supported. chsh Name chsh -- change login shell Synopsis chsh [-s login_shell] [user] Description chsh changes the user login shell. This determines the name of the user's initial login command. An unprivileged user may only change the login shell for their own account, a user with appropriate privilege may change the login shell for any account specified by user. Unless the user has appropriate privilege, the initial login command name shall be one of those listed in /etc/shells. The login_shell shall be the absolute path (i.e. it must start with '/') to an executable file. Accounts which are restricted (in an implementation-defined manner) may not change their login shell. If the -s option is not selected, chsh operates in an interactive mode. The prompts and expected input in this mode are unspecified. Standard Options -s login_shell sets the login shell. col Name col -- filter reverse line feeds from input Description col is as specified in the SUSv2 with the difference that the -p option has unspecified behavior. Although col is shown as legacy in SUSv2, Version 2, it is not (yet) deprecated in the LSB. cpio Name cpio -- copy file archives in and out Description cpio is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Differences Some elements of the Pattern Matching Notation are optional; see Internationalization and Pattern Matching Notation. crontab Name crontab -- maintain crontab files for individual users Synopsis crontab [-u user] file crontab [-u user] {-l | -r | -e} Description crontab is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Files The files cron.allow and cron.deny reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron. cut Name cut -- split a file into sections determined by context lines Description cut is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Differences -n has unspecified behavior. df Name df -- report filesystem disk space usage Description df is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with the following differences. If the -k option is not specified, disk space is shown in unspecified units. Applications should specify -k. If an argument is the absolute file name of a disk device node containing a mounted filesystem, df shows the space available on that filesystem rather than on the filesystem containing the device node (which is always the root filesystem). dmesg Name dmesg -- print or control the system message buffer Synopsis dmesg [-c | -n level | -s bufsize] Description dmesg examines or controls the system message buffer. Only a user with appropriate privileges may modify the system message buffer parameters or contents. Standard Options -c If the user has appropriate privilege, clears the system message buffer contents after printing. -n level If the user has appropriate privilege, sets the level at which logging of messages is done to the console. -s bufsize uses a buffer of bufsize to query the system message buffer. This is 16392 by default (this matches the default kernel syslog buffer size since 2.1.113). If you have set the kernel buffer to larger than the default then this option can be used to view the entire buffer. du Name du -- estimate file space usage Description du is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Differences If the -k option is not specified, disk space is shown in unspecified units. Applications should specify -k. echo Name echo -- display a line of text Synopsis echo [STRING...] Description The echo command is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with the following differences. Unlike the behavior specified in ISO POSIX (2003), whether echo supports options is implementation defined. The behavior of echo if any arguments contain backslashes is also implementation defined. Conforming applications shall not run echo with a first argument starting with a hyphen, or with any arguments containing backslashes; they shall use printf in those cases. Note: The behavior specified here is similar to that specified by ISO POSIX (2003) without the XSI option. However, the LSB forbids all options and the latter forbids only -n. egrep Name egrep -- search a file with an ERE pattern Description egrep is equivalent to grep -E. For further details, see the specification for grep. fgrep Name fgrep -- search a file with a fixed pattern Description fgrep is equivalent to grep -F. For further details, see the specification for grep. file Name file -- determine file type Description file is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Differences The -M, -h, -d, and -i options need not be supported. find Name find -- search for files in a directory hierarchy Description find is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with additional options as specified below. Differences Some elements of the Pattern Matching Notation are optional; see Internationalization and Pattern Matching Notation. fuser Name fuser -- identify processes using files or sockets Description fuser is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Differences -c has unspecified behavior. -f has unspecified behavior. gettext Name gettext -- retrieve text string from message catalog Synopsis gettext [options] [textdomain] msgid gettext -s [options] msgid... Description The gettext utility retrieves a translated text string corresponding to string msgid from a message object generated with msgfmt utility. The message object name is derived from the optional argument textdomain if present, otherwise from the TEXTDOMAIN environment variable. If no domain is specified, or if a corresponding string cannot be found, gettext prints msgid. Ordinarily gettext looks for its message object in dirname/lang/LC_MESSAGES where dirname is the implementation-defined default directory and lang is the locale name. If present, the TEXTDOMAINDIR environment variable replaces the dirname. This utility interprets C escape sequences such as \t for tab. Use \\ to print a backslash. To produce a message on a line of its own, either put a \n at the end of msgid, or use this command in conjunction with the printf utility. When used with the -s option the gettext utility behaves like the echo utility, except that the message corresponding to msgid in the selected catalog provides the arguments. Options -d domainname, --domain=domainname PARAMETER translated messages from domainname. -e Enable expansion of some escape sequences. -n Suppress trailing newline. Operands The following operands are supported: textdomain A domain name used to retrieve the messages. msgid A key to retrieve the localized message. Environment Variables LANGUAGE Specifies one or more locale names. LANG Specifies locale name. LC_MESSAGES Specifies messaging locale, and if present overrides LANG for messages. TEXTDOMAIN Specifies the text domain name, which is identical to the message object filename without .mo suffix. TEXTDOMAINDIR Specifies the pathname to the message catalog, and if present replaces the implementation-defined default directory. Exit Status The following exit values are returned: 0 Successful completion. >0 An error occurred. grep Name grep -- print lines matching a pattern Description grep is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. LSB Differences Some elements of the Pattern Matching Notation are optional; see Internationalization and Pattern Matching Notation. groupadd Name groupadd -- create a new group Synopsis groupadd [-g gid [-o]] group Description If the caller has appropriate privilege, the groupadd command shall create a new group named group. The group name shall be unique in the group database. If no gid is specified, groupadd shall create the new group with a unique group ID. Options -g gid [-o] The new group shall have group ID gid. If the -o option is not used, no other group shall have this group ID. The value of gidshall be non-negative. groupdel Name groupdel -- delete a group Synopsis groupdel group Description If the caller has sufficient privilege, the groupdel command shall modify the system group database, deleting the group named group. If the group named group does not exist, groupdel shall issue a diagnostic message and exit with a non-zero exit status. groupmod Name groupmod -- modify a group Synopsis groupmod [-g gid [-o]] [-n group_name] group Description If the caller has appropriate privilege, the groupmod command shall modify the entry in the system group database corresponding to a group named group. Options -g gid [-o] Modify the group's group ID, setting it to gid. If the -o option is not used, no other group shall have this group ID. The value of gidshall be non-negative. Note: Only the group ID in the database is altered; any files with group ownership set to the original group ID are unchanged by this modification. -n group_name changes the name of the group from group to group_name. groups Name groups -- display a group Synopsis groups [user] Description The groups command shall behave as id -Gn [user], as specified in ISO POSIX (2003). The optional user parameter will display the groups for the named user. gunzip Name gunzip -- uncompress files Description gunzip is equivalent to gzip -d. See the specification for gzip for further details. gzip Name gzip -- compress or expand files Synopsis gzip [-acdfhlLnNrtvV19] [-S suffix] [name...] Description The gzip command shall attempt to reduce the size of the named files. Whenever possible, each file is replaced by one with the extension .gz, while keeping the same ownership modes, access and modification times. If no files are specified, or if a file name is -, the standard input is compressed to the standard output. gzip shall only attempt to compress regular files. In particular, it will ignore symbolic links. When compressing, gzip uses the deflate algorithm specified in RFC 1951: DEFLATE Compressed Data Format Specification and stores the result in a file using the gzip file format specified in RFC 1952: GZIP File Format Specification. Options -a, --ascii does nothing on LSB conforming systems. Note: This option may be deprecated in a future verion of this specification. -c, --stdout, --to-stdout writes output on standard output, leaving the original files unchanged. If there are several input files, the output consists of a sequence of independently compressed members. To obtain better compression, concatenate all input files before compressing them. -d, --decompress, --uncompress the name operands are compressed files, and gzip shall decompress them. -f, --force forces compression or decompression even if the file has multiple links or the corresponding file already exists, or if the compressed data is read from or written to a terminal. If the input data is not in a format recognized by gzip, and if the option --stdout is also given, copy the input data without change to the standard ouput: let gzip behave as cat. If -f is not given, and when not running in the background, gzip prompts to verify whether an existing file should be overwritten. -l, --list lists the compressed size, uncompressed size, ration and uncompressed name for each compressed file. Gives the uncompressed size as -1 for files not in gzip format. Additionally displays method, crc and timestamp for the uncompress file when used in combination with --verbose. For decompression, gzip shall support at least the following compression methods: + deflate (RFC 1951: DEFLATE Compressed Data Format Specification) + compress (ISO POSIX (2003)) + lzh (SCO compress -H) + pack (Huffman encoding) The crc shall be given as ffffffff for a file not in gzip format. With --name, the uncompressed name, date and time are those stored within the compress file, if present. With --verbose, the size totals and compression ratio for all files is also displayed, unless some sizes are unknown. With --quiet, the title and totals lines are not displayed. -L, --license displays the gzip license and quit. -n, --no-name does not save the original file name and time stamp by default when compressing. (The original name is always saved if the name had to be truncated.) When decompressing, do not restore the original file name if present (remove only the gzip suffix from the compressed file name) and do not restore the original time stamp if present (copy it from the compressed file). This option is the default when decompressing. -N, --name always saves the original file name and time stamp when compressing; this is the default. When decompressing, restore the original file name and time stamp if present. This option is useful on systems which have a limit on file name length or when the time stamp has been lost after a file transfer. -q, --quiet suppresses all warnings. -r, --recursive travels the directory structure recursively. If any of the file names specified on the command line are directories, gzip will descend into the directory and compress all the files it finds there (or decompress them in the case of gunzip). -S .suf, --sufix .suf uses suffix .suf instead of .gz. -t, --test checks the compressed file integrity. -v, --verbose displays the name and percentage reduction for each file compressed or decompressed. -#, --fast, --best regulates the speed of compression using the specified digit #, where -1 or --fast indicates the fastest compression method (less compression) and -9 or --best indicates the slowest compression method (best compression). The default compression level is -6 (that is, biased towards high compression at expense of speed). LSB Deprecated Options The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors. -V, --version displays the version number and compilation options, then quits. hostname Name hostname -- show or set the system's host name Synopsis hostname [name] Description hostname is used to either display or, with appropriate privileges, set the current host name of the system. The host name is used by many applications to identify the machine. When called without any arguments, the program displays the name of the system as returned by the gethostname function. When called with a name argument, and the user has appropriate privilege, the command sets the host name. Note: It is not specified if the hostname displayed will be a fully qualified domain name. Applications requiring a particular format of hostname should check the output and take appropriate action. install Name install -- copy files and set attributes Synopsis install [option...] SOURCE DEST install [option...] SOURCE... DEST install [-d | --directory] [option...] DIRECTORY... Description In the first two formats, copy SOURCE to DEST or multiple SOURCE(s) to the existing DIRECTORY, optionally setting permission modes and file ownership. In the third format, each DIRECTORY and any missing parent directories shall be created. Standard Options --backup[=METHOD] makes a backup of each existing destination file. METHOD may be one of the following: + none or off never make backups. + numbered or t make numbered backups. A numbered backup has the form "%s.~%d~", target_name, version_number. Each backup shall increment the version number by 1. + existing or nil numbered if numbered backups exist, or simple otherwise. + simple or never append a suffix to the name. The default suffix is '~', but can be overriden by setting SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX in the environment, or via the -S or --suffix option. If no METHOD is specified, the environment variable VERSION_CONTROL shall be examined for one of the above. Unambiguous abbreviations of METHOD shall be accepted. If no METHOD is specified, or if METHOD is empty, the backup method shall default to existing. If METHOD is invalid or ambiguous, install shall fail and issue a diagnostic message. -b is equivalent to --backup=existing. -d, --directory treats all arguments as directory names; creates all components of the specified directories. -D creates all leading components of DEST except the last, then copies SOURCE to DEST; useful in the 1st format. -g GROUP, --group=GROUP if the user has appropriate privilege, sets group ownership, instead of process' current group. GROUP is either a name in the user group database, or a positive integer, which shall be used as a group-id. -m MODE, --mode=MODE sets permission mode (specified as in chmod), instead of the default rwxr-xr-x. -o OWNER, --owner=OWNER if the user has appropriate privilege, sets ownership. OWNER is either a name in the user login database, or a positive integer, which shall be used as a user-id. -p, --preserve-timestamps copies the access and modification times of SOURCE files to corresponding destination files. -s, --strip strips symbol tables, only for 1st and 2nd formats. -S SUFFIX, --suffix=SUFFIX equivalent to --backup=existing, except if a simple suffix is required, use SUFFIX. --verbose prints the name of each directory as it is created. -v, --verbose print the name of each file before copying it to stdout. install_initd Name install_initd -- install an init.d file Synopsis /usr/lib/lsb/install_initd initd_file Description install_initd shall install a system initialization file that has been copied to the /etc/init.d location such that this file shall be run at the appropriate point during system initialization. The install_initrd command is typically called in the postinstall script of a package. See also the Section called Installation and Removal of init.d Files in Chapter 14. ipcrm Name ipcrm -- Remove IPC Resources Synopsis ipcrm [-q msgid | -Q msgkey | -s semid | -S semkey | -m shmid | -M shmkey]... ipcrm [shm | msg | msg] id... Description If any of the -q, -Q, -s, -S, -m, or -M arguments are given, the ipcrm shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003). Otherwise, ipcrm shall remove the resource of the specified type identified by id. Future Directions A future revision of this specification may deprecate the second synopsis form. Rationale: In its first Linux implementation, ipcrm used the second syntax shown in the SYNOPSIS. Functionality present in other implementations of ipcrm has since been added, namely the ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the same command line syntax. The previous syntax is still supported for backwards compatibility only. ipcs Name ipcs -- provide information on ipc facilities Synopsis ipcs [-smq] [-tcp] Description ipcs provides information on the ipc facilities for which the calling process has read access. Resource display options -m shared memory segments. -q message queues. -s semaphore arrays. Output format options -t time. -p pid. -c creator. Application Usage In some implementations of ipcs the -a option will print all information available. In other implementations the -a option will print all resource types. Therefore, applications shall not use the -a option. Some implements of ipcs implement more output formats than are specified here. These options are not consistent between differing implementations of ipcs. Therefore, only the -t -c and -p option flags may be used. At least one of the -t -c and -p options shall be specified. killall Name killall -- kill processes by name Synopsis killall [-egiqvw] [-signal] name... killall -l killall -V Description killall sends a signal to all processes running any of the specified commands. If no signal name is specified, SIGTERM is sent. Signals can be specified either by name (e.g. -HUP) or by number (e.g. -1). Signal 0 (check if a process exists) can only be specified by number. If the command name contains a slash (/), processes executing that particular file will be selected for killing, independent of their name. killall returns a non-zero return code if no process has been killed for any of the listed commands. If at least one process has been killed for each command, killall returns zero. A killall process never kills itself (but may kill other killall processes). Standard Options -e requires an exact match for very long names. If a command name is longer than 15 characters, the full name may be unavailable (i.e. it is swapped out). In this case, killall will kill everything that matches within the first 15 characters. With -e, such entries are skipped. killall prints a message for each skipped entry if -v is specified in addition to -e. -g kills the process group to which the process belongs. The kill signal is only sent once per group, even if multiple processes belonging to the same process group were found. -i asks interactively for confirmation before killing. -l lists all known signal names. -q does not complain if no processes were killed. -v reports if the signal was successfully sent. LSB Deprecated Options The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors. -V displays version information. lpr Name lpr -- off line print Synopsis lpr [-l] [-p] [-Pprinter] [-h] [-s] [-#copies] [-J name] [-T title] [name ......] Description lpr uses a spooling daemon to print the named files when facilities become available. If no names appear, the standard input is assumed. Standard Options -l identifies binary data that is not to be filtered but sent as raw input to printer. -p formats with "pr" before sending to printer. -Pprinter sends output to the printer named printer instead of the default printer. -h suppresses header page. -s uses symbolic links. -#copies specifies copies as the number of copies to print. -J name specifies name as the job name for the header page. -T title specifies title as the title used for "pr". ls Name ls -- list directory contents Description ls is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences listed below. Differences -l If the file is a character special or block special file, the size of the file shall be replaced with two unsigned numbers in the format "%u, %u", representing the major and minor device numbers associated with the special file. Note: The LSB does not specify the meaning of the major and minor devices numbers. -p in addition to ISO POSIX (2003) behavior of printing a slash for a directory, ls -p may display other characters for other file types. Certain aspects of the pattern matching notation are optional; see Internationalization and Pattern Matching Notation. lsb_release Name lsb_release -- print distribution specific information Synopsis lsb_release [OPTION...] Description The lsb_release command prints certain LSB (Linux Standard Base) and Distribution information. If no options are given, the -v option is assumed. Options -v, --version displays version of LSB against which distribution is compliant. The version is expressed as a colon seperated list of LSB module descriptions. LSB module descriptions are dash seperated tuples containing the module name, version, and architecture name. The output is a single line of text of the following format: LSB Version:\t -i, --id displays string id of distributor. The output is a single line of text of the following format: Distributor ID:\t -d, --description displays single line text description of distribution. The output is of the following format: Description:\t -r, --release displays release number of distribution. The output is a single line of text of the following format: Release:\t -c, --codename displays codename according to distribution release. The output is a single line of text of the following format. Codename:\t -a, --all displays all of the above information. -s, --short displays all of the above information in short output format. -h, --help displays a human-readable help message. Examples The following command will list the LSB Profiles which are currently supported on this platform. example% lsb_release -v LSB Version: core-2.0-ia32:core-2.0-noarch:graphics-2.0-ia32:graphics-2.0-noarch m4 Name m4 -- macro processor Description m4 is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with extensions as listed below. Extensions -P forces all builtins to be prefixed with m4_. For example, define becomes m4_define. -I directory Add directory to the end of the search path for includes. md5sum Name md5sum -- generate or check MD5 message digests Synopsis md5sum [-c [file] | file] Description For each file, write to standard output a line containing the MD5 message digest of that file, followed by one or more blank characters, followed by the name of the file. The MD5 message digest shall be calculated according to RFC 1321: The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm and output as 32 hexadecimal digits. If no file names are specified as operands, read from standard input and use "-" as the file name in the output. Options -c [file] checks the MD5 message digest of all files named in file against the message digest listed in the same file. The actual format of file is the same as the output of md5sum. That is, each line in the file describes a file. If file is not specified, read message digests from stdin. Exit Status md5sum shall exit with status 0 if the sum was generated successfully, or, in check mode, if the check matched. Otherwise, md5sum shall exit with a non-zero status. mknod Name mknod -- make special files Synopsis mknod [-m mode | --mode=mode] name type [major minor] mknod [--version] Description The mknod command shall create a special file named name of the given type. The type shall be one of the following: b creates a block (buffered) special file with the specified major and minor device numbers. c, u creates a character (unbuffered) special file with the specified major and minor device numbers. p creates a FIFO. Options -m mode, --mode=mode create the special file with file access permissions set as described in mode. The permissions may be any absolute value (i.e. one not containing '+' or '-') acceptable to the chmod command. --version output version information and exit. Note: This option may be deprecated in a future release of this specification. If type is pparameter, major and minor shall not be specified. Otherwise, these parameters are mandatory. Future Directions This command may be deprecated in a future version of this specification. The major and minor operands are insufficently portable to be specified usefully here. Only a FIFO can be portably created by this command, and the mkfifo command is a simpler interface for that purpose. mktemp Name mktemp -- make temporary file name (unique) Synopsis mktemp [-q] [-u] template Description The mktemp command takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name shall be unique and suitable for use by the application. The template should have at least six trailing 'X' characters. These characters are replaced with characters from the portable filename character set in order to generate a unique name. If mktemp can successfully generate a unique file name, and the -u option is not present, the file shall be created with read and write permission only for the current user. The mktemp command shall write the filename generated to the standard output. Options -q fail silently if an error occurs. Diagnostic messages to stderr are suppressed, but the command shall still exit with a non-zero exit status if an error occurs. -u operates in `unsafe' mode. A unique name is generated, but the temporary file shall be unlinked before mktemp exits. Use of this option is not encouraged. more Name more -- display files on a page-by-page basis Description more is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Differences The more command need not respect the LINES and COLUMNS environment variables. The following additional options may be supported: -num specifies an integer which is the screen size (in lines). +num starts at line number num. +/pattern Start at the first line matching the pattern, equivalent to executing the search forward (/) command with the given pattern immediately after opening each file. The following options from ISO POSIX (2003) may behave differently: -e has unspecified behavior. -i has unspecified behavior. -n has unspecified behavior. -p Either clear the whole screen before displaying any text (instead of the usual scrolling behavior), or provide the behavior specified by ISO POSIX (2003). In the latter case, the syntax is "-p command". -t has unspecified behavior. The more command need not support the following interactive commands: g G u control u control f newline j k r R m ' (return to mark) /! ? N :e :t control g ZZ Rationale The +num and +/string options are deprecated in SUSv2, and have been removed in ISO POSIX (2003); however this specification continues to specify them because the publicly available util-linux package does not support the replacement (-p command). The +command option as found in SUSv2 is more general than is specified here, but the util-linux package appears to only support the more specific +num and +/string forms. mount Name mount -- mount a file system Synopsis mount [-hV] mount [-a] [-fFnrsvw] [-t vfstype] mount [-fnrsvw] [-o options [,...]] [device | dir] mount [-fnrsvw] [-t vfstype] [-o options] device dir Description As described in ISO POSIX (2003), all files in the system are organized in a directed graph, known as the file hierarchy, rooted at /. These files can be spread out over several underlying devices. The mount command shall attach the file system found on some underlying device to the file hierarchy. Options -v invoke verbose mode. The mount command shall provide diagnostic messages on stdout. -a mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in /etc/fstab. -F If the -a option is also present, fork a new incarnation of mount for each device to be mounted. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel. -f cause everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this `fakes' mounting the file system. -n mount without writing in /etc/mtab. This is necessary for example when /etc is on a read-only file system. -s ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option. -r mount the file system read-only. A synonym is -o ro. -w mount the file system read/write. (default) A synonym is -o rw. -L label If the file /proc/partitions is supported, mount the partition that has the specified label. -U uuid If the file /proc/partitions is supported, mount the partition that has the specified uuid. -t vfstype indicate a file system type of vfstype. More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with no to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken. -o options are specified with a -o flag followed by a comma-separated string of options. Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the / etc/fstab file. The following options apply to any file system that is being mounted: async perform all I/O to the file system asynchronously. atime update inode access time for each access. (default) auto in /etc/fstab, indicate the device is mountable with -a. defaults use default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, async. dev interpret character or block special devices on the file system. exec permit execution of binaries. noatime do not update file access times on this file system. noauto in /etc/fstab, indicates the device is only explicitly mountable. nodev do not interpret character or block special devices on the file system. noexec do not allow execution of any binaries on the mounted file system. nosuid do not allow set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect. nouser forbid an unprivileged user to mount the file system. (default) remount remount an already-mounted file system. This is commonly used to change the mount options for a file system, especially to make a read-only file system writable. ro mount the file system read-only. rw mount the file system read-write. suid allow set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect. sync do all I/O to the file system synchronously. user allow an unprivilieged user to mount the file system. This option implies the options noexec, nosuid, nodev unless overridden by subsequent options. LSB Deprecated Options The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors. -V output version and exit. msgfmt Name msgfmt -- create a message object from a message file Synopsis msgfmt [options...] filename... Description The msgfmt command generates a binary message catalog from a textual translation description. Message catalogs, or message object files, are stored in files with a .mo extension. Note: The format of message object files is not guaranteed to be portable. Message catalogs should always be generated on the target architecture using the msgfmt command. The source message files, otherwise known as portable object files, have a .po extension. The filename operands shall be portable object files. The .po file contains messages to be displayed to users by system utilities or by application programs. The portable object files are text files, and the messages in them can be rewritten in any language supported by the system. If any filename is -, a portable object file shall be read from the standard input. The msgfmt command interprets data as characters according to the current setting of the LC_CTYPE locale category. Options -c, --check Detect and diagnose input file anomalies which might represent translation errors. The msgid and msgstr strings are studied and compared. It is considered abnormal that one string starts or ends with a newline while the other does not. If the message is flagged as c-format (see Comment Handling), check that the msgid string and the msgstr translation have the same number of % format specifiers, with matching types. -D directory, --directory=directory Add directory to list for input files search. If filename is not an absolute pathname and filename cannot be opened, search for it in directory. This option may be repeated. Directories shall be searched in order, with the leftmost directory searched first. -f, --use-fuzzy Use entries marked as fuzzy in output. If this option is not specified, such entries are not included into the output. See Comment Handling below. -o output-file, --output-file=output-file Specify the output file name as output-file. If multiple domains or duplicate msgids in the .po file are present, the behavior is unspecified. If output-file is -, output is written to standard output. -S, --strict Ensure that all output files have a .mo extension. Output files are named either by the -o (or --output-file) option, or by domains found in the input files. -v, --verbose Print additional information to the standard error, including the number of translated strings processed. Operands The filename operands are treated as portable object files. The format of portable object files is defined in EXTENDED DESCRIPTION. Standard Input The standard input is not used unless a filename operand is specified as "-". Environment Variables LANGUAGE Specifies one or more locale names. LANG Specifies locale name. LC_ALL Specifies locale name for all categories. If defined, overrides LANG, LC_CTYPE and LC_MESSAGES. LC_CTYPE Determine the locale for the interpretation of sequences of bytes of text data as characters (for example, single-byte as opposed to multi-byte characters in arguments and input files). LC_MESSAGES Specifies messaging locale, and if present overrides LANG for messages. Standard Output The standard output is not used unless the option-argument of the -o option is specified as -. Extended Description The format of portable object files (.po files) is defined as follows. Each .po file contains one or more lines, with each line containing either a comment or a statement. Comments start the line with a hash mark (#) and end with the newline character. Empty lines, or lines containing only white-space, shall be ignored. Comments can in certain circumstances alter the behavior of msgfmt. See Comment Handling below for details on comment processing. The format of a statement is: directive value Each directive starts at the beginning of the line and is separated from value by white space (such as one or more space or tab characters). The value consists of one or more quoted strings separated by white space. If two or more strings are specified as value, they are normalized into single string using the string normalization syntax specified in ISO C (1999). The following directives are supported: domain domainname msgid message_identifier msgid_plural untranslated_string_plural msgstr message_string msgstr[n] message_string The behavior of the domain directive is affected by the options used. See OPTIONS for the behavior when the -o option is specified. If the -o option is not specified, the behavior of the domain directive is as follows: 1. All msgids from the beginning of each .po file to the first domain directive are put into a default message object file, messages (or messages.mo if the --strict option is specified). 2. When msgfmt encounters a domain domainname directive in the .po file, all following msgids until the next domain directive are put into the message object file domainname (or domainname.mo if --strict option is specified). 3. Duplicate msgids are defined in the scope of each domain. That is, a msgid is considered a duplicate only if the identical msgid exists in the same domain. 4. All duplicate msgids are ignored. The msgid directive specifies the value of a message identifier associated with the directive that follows it. The msgid_plural directive specifies the plural form message specified to the plural message handling functions ngettext, dngettext or dcngettext. The message_identifier string identifies a target string to be used at retrieval time. Each statement containing a msgid directive shall be followed by a statement containing a msgstr directive or msgstr[n] directives. The msgstr directive specifies the target string associated with the message_identifier string declared in the immediately preceding msgid directive. The msgstr[n] (where n = 0, 1, 2, ...) directive specifies the target string to be used with plural form handling functions ngettext, dngettext and dcngettext. Message strings can contain the following escape sequences: Table 9-1. Escape Sequences +-----------------------------+ |\n |newline | |----+------------------------| |\t |tab | |----+------------------------| |\v |vertical tab | |----+------------------------| |\b |backspace | |----+------------------------| |\r |carriage return | |----+------------------------| |\f |formfeed | |----+------------------------| |\\ |backslash | |----+------------------------| |\" |double quote | |----+------------------------| |\ddd|octal bit pattern | |----+------------------------| |\xHH|hexadecimal bit pattern | +-----------------------------+ Comment Handling Comments are introduced by a #, and continue to the end of the line. The second character (i.e. the character following the #) has special meaning. Regular comments should follow a space character. Other comment types include: # normal-comments #. automatic-comments #: reference... #, flag Automatic and reference comments are typically generated by external utilities, and are not specified by the LSB. The msgfmt command shall ignore such comments. Note: Portable object files may be produced by unspecified tools. Some of the comment types described here may arise from the use of such tools. It is beyond the scope of this specification to describe these tools. The #, comments require one or more flags separated by the comma (,) character. The following flags can be specified: fuzzy This flag shows that the following msgstr string might not be a correct translation. Only the translator (i.e. the individual undertaking the translation) can judge if the translation requires further modification, or is acceptable as is. Once satisfied with the translation, the translator then removes this fuzzy flag. If this flag is specified, the msgfmt utility will not generate the entry for the immediately following msgid in the output message catalog, unless the --use-fuzzy is specified. c-format, no-c-format The c-format flag indicates that the msgid string is used as format string by printf-like functions. If the c-format flag is given for a string the msgfmt utility may perform additional tests to check to validity of the translation. Plurals The msgid entry with empty string ("") is called the header entry and is treated specially. If the message string for the header entry contains nplurals =value, the value indicates the number of plural forms. For example, if nplurals=4, there are 4 plural forms. If nplurals is defined, there should be a plural=expression on the same line, separated by a semicolon (;) character. The expression is a C language expression to determine which version of msgstr[n] to be used based on the value of n, the last argument of ngettext, dngettext or dcngettext. For example: nplurals=2; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : 1 indicates that there are 2 plural forms in the language; msgstr[0] is used if n == 1, otherwise msgstr[1] is used. Another example: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n==2 ? 1 : 2 indicates that there are 3 plural forms in the language; msgstr[0] is used if n == 1, msgstr[1] is used if n == 2, otherwise msgstr[2] is used. If the header entry contains charset=codeset string, the codeset is used to indicate the codeset to be used to encode the message strings. If the output string's codeset is different from the message string's codeset, codeset conversion from the message strings's codeset to the output string's codeset will be performed upon the call of gettext, dgettext, dcgettext, ngettext, dngettext, and dcngettext. The output string's codeset is determined by the current locale's codeset (the return value of nl_langinfo(CODESET)) by default, and can be changed by the call of bind_textdomain_codeset. Exit Status The following exit values are returned: 0 Successful completion. >0 An error occurred. Application Usage Neither msgfmt nor any gettext function imposes a limit on the total length of a message. Installing message catalogs under the C locale is pointless, since they are ignored for the sake of efficiency. Examples Example 1: Examples of creating message objects from message files. In this example module1.po, module2.po and module3.po are portable message object files. example% cat module1.po # default domain "messages" msgid "message one" msgstr "mensaje n?mero uno" # domain "help_domain" msgid "help two" msgstr "ayuda n?mero dos" # domain "error_domain" msgid "error three" msgstr "error n?mero tres" example% cat module2.po # default domain "messages" msgid "message four" msgstr "mensaje n?mero cuatro" # domain "error_domain" msgid "error five" msgstr "error n?mero cinco" # domain "window_domain" msgid "window six" msgstr "ventana n?mero seises" example% cat module3.po # default domain "messages" msgid "message seven" msgstr "mensaje n?mero siete" The following command will produce the output files messages, help_domain, and error_domain. example% msgfmt module1.po The following command will produce the output files messages, help_domain, error_domain, and window_domain. example% msgfmt module1.po module2.po The following example will produce the output file hello.mo. example% msgfmt -o hello.mo module3.po newgrp Name newgrp -- change group ID Synopsis newgrp [group] Description The newgrp command is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Differences The -l option specified in ISO POSIX (2003) need not be supported. od Name od -- dump files in octal and other formats Synopsis od [-abcdfilox] [-w width | --width-width] [-v] [-A address_base] [-j skip] [-n count] [-t type_string] [file...] od --traditional [options] [file] [[+]offset [.] [b]] [[+]label [.] [b]] Description od is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Differences -wwidth, --width[=width] each output line is limited to width bytes from the input. --traditional accepts arguments in traditional form. Note: The XSI optional behavior described in ISO POSIX (2003) is not supported unless the --traditional option is also specified. Pre-POSIX and XSI Specifications The LSB supports option intermixtures with the following pre-POSIX and XSI options: -a is equivalent to -t a, selects named characters. -b is equivalent to -t o1, selects octal bytes. -c is equivalent to -t c, selects characters. -d is equivalent to -t u2, selects unsigned decimal two byte units. -f is equivalent to -t fF, selects floats. -i is equivalent to -t d2, selects decimal two byte units. Note: This usage may change in future releases; portable applications should use -t d2. -l is equivalent to -t d4, selects decimal longs. -o is equivalent to -t o2, selects octal two byte units. -x is equivalent to -t x2, selects hexadecimal two byte units. Note that the XSI option -s need not be supported. Traditional Usage If the --traditional is specified, there may be between zero and three operands specified. If no operands are specified, then od shall read the standard input. If there is exactly one operand, and it is an offset of the form [+]offset[.] [b], then it shall be interpreted as specified in ISO POSIX (2003). The file to be dumped shall be the standard input. If there are exactly two operands, and they are both of the form [+]offset[.] [b], then the first shall be an treated as an offset (as above), and the second shall be a label, in the same format as the offset. If a label is specified, then the first output line produced for each input block shall be preceded by the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to be written, followed by the label, in parentheses. The label shall increment in the same manner as the offset. If there are three operands, then the first shall be the file to dump, the second the offset, and the third the label. passwd Name passwd -- change user password Synopsis passwd [-x max] [-n min] [-w warn] [-i inact] name passwd {-l | -u} name Description passwd changes passwords for user and group accounts. A normal user may only change the password for their own account, the super user may change the password for any account. passwd also changes password expiry dates and intervals. Applications may not assume the format of prompts and anticipated input for user interaction, because they are unspecified. Options -x max sets the maximum number of days a password remains valid. -n min sets the minimum number of days before a password may be changed. -w warn sets the number of days warning the user will receive before their password will expire. -i inactive disables an account after the password has been expired for the given number of days. -l disables an account by changing the password to a value which matches no possible encrypted value. -u re-enables an account by changing the password back to its previous value. patch Name patch -- apply a diff file to an original Description patch is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with extensions as listed below. Extensions --binary reads and write all files in binary mode, except for standard output and / dev/tty. This option has no effect on POSIX-compliant systems. -u, --unified interprets the patch file as a unified context diff. pidof Name pidof -- find the process ID of a running program Synopsis pidof [-s] [-x] [-o omitpid...] program... Description Return the process ID of a process which is running the program named on the command line. Options -s instructs the program to only return one pid. -x causes the program to also return process id's of shells running the named scripts. -o omits processes with specified process id. remove_initd Name remove_initd -- clean up boot script system modifications introduced by install_initd Synopsis /usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd initd_file Description remove_initd processes the removal of the modifications made to a distribution's boot script system by the install_initd program. This cleanup is performed in the preuninstall script of a package; however, the package manager is still responsible for removing the /etc/init.d file. See also the Section called Installation and Removal of init.d Files in Chapter 14. renice Name renice -- alter priority of running processes Description renice is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Differences -n increment has unspecified behavior. sed Name sed -- stream editor Description sed is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. LSB Differences Certain aspects of internationalized regular expressions are optional; see Internationalization and Regular Expressions>. sendmail Name sendmail -- an electronic mail transport agent Synopsis sendmail [options] [address...] Description To deliver electronic mail (email), applications shall support the interface provided by /usr/sbin/sendmail (described here). This interface shall be the default delivery method for applications. This program sends an email message to one or more recipients, routing the message as necessary. This program is not intended as a user interface routine. With no options, sendmail reads its standard input up to an end-of-file or a line consisting only of a single dot and sends a copy of the message found there to all of the addresses listed. It determines the network(s) to use based on the syntax and contents of the addresses. It is recommended that applications use as few options as necessary, none if possible. Some agents allow aliasing on the local system to be prevented by preceding the address with a backslash. The format of messages shall be as defined in RFC 2822. Options -bm reads mail from standard input and delivers to the recipient addresses. This is the default mode of operation. -bp lists information about messages currently in the input mail queue. -bs uses the SMTP protocol as described in RFC 2821; reads SMTP commands on standard input and writes SMTP responses on standard output. Note that RFC 2821 specifies \r\n (CR-LF) be used at the end of each line, but pipes almost always use \n (LF) instead. To deal with this, agents will accept both \r\n and \n at the end of each line. When accepting \r\n, the \ r before the \n is silently discarded. -F fullname explicitly sets the full name of the sender for incoming mail unless the message already contains a From: message header. If the user running sendmail is not sufficiently trusted, then the actual sender may be indicated in the message, depending on the behavior of the agent. -f name explicitly sets the envelope sender address for incoming mail. If there is no From: header, the address specified in the From: header will also be set. If the user running sendmail is not sufficiently trusted, then the actual sender will be indicated in the message. -i ignores dots alone on lines by themselves in incoming messages. If -bs is also used, the behavior is unspecified. -odb delivers any mail in background, if supported; otherwise ignored. -odf delivers any mail in foreground, if supported; otherwise ignored. -oem or -em mails errors back to the sender. (default) -oep or -ep writes errors to the standard error output. -oeq or -eq does not send notification of errors to the sender. This only works for mail delivered locally. -oi is equivalent to -i. -om indicates that the sender of a message should receive a copy of the message if the sender appears in an alias expansion. Ignored if aliases are not supported. -t reads the message to obtain recipients from the To:, Cc:, and Bcc: headers in the message instead of from the command arguments. If a Bcc: header is present, it is removed from the message unless there is no To: or Cc: header, in which case a Bcc: header with no data is created, in accordance with RFC 2822. If there are any arguments, they specify addresses to which the message is not to be delivered. That is, the argument addresses are removed from the recipients list obtained from the headers. Note: some agents implement this behavior in reverse, adding addresses instead of removing them. Others may disallow addresses in argument list. Therefore, applications should not put addresses in the argument list if -t is used. This option is sometimes ignored when not in -bm mode (the default). Exit status 0 successful completion on all addresses. This does not indicate successful delivery. >0 there was an error. Notes/Rationale This page is believed to reflect functionality provided by smail, exim and other implementations, not just the sendmail implementation. shutdown Name shutdown -- bring the system down Synopsis /sbin/shutdown [-t sec] [-arkhcfF] time [warning-message] Description shutdown brings the system down in a secure way. All logged-in users are notified that the system is going down, and login(1) is blocked. It is possible to shut the system down immediately or after a specified delay. All processes are first notified that the system is going down by the signal SIGTERM. If neither the -h or the -r argument is used, then the default behavior is to take the system to runlevel one where administrative tasks can be run. Standard Options -a uses /etc/shutdown.allow. -t sec tells init(8) to wait sec seconds between sending processes the warning and the kill signal, before changing to another runlevel. -k doesn't really shutdown; only sends the warning messages to everybody. -r reboots after shutdown. -h halts after shutdown. Powering off after halting is unspecified. -f skips fsck on reboot. -F forces fsck on reboot. -c cancels an already running shutdown. With this option, it is of course not possible to give the time argument, but you can enter a explanatory message on the command line that will be sent to all users. time specifies when to shut down. The time argument can have different formats. First, it can be an absolute time in the format hh:mm, in which hh is the hour (1 or 2 digits) and mm is the minute of the hour (in two digits). Second, it can be in the format +m, in which m is the number of minutes to wait. The word now is an alias for +0. If shutdown is called with a delay, it creates the advisory file /etc/ nologin which causes programs such as login(1) to not allow new user logins. shutdown only removes this file if it is stopped before it can signal init (i.e. it is cancelled or something goes wrong). Otherwise it is the responsibility of the system shutdown or startup scripts to remove this file so that users can login. warning-message specifies message to send all users. su Name su -- change user ID or become super-user Synopsis su [options] [-] [username [ARGS]] Description su is used to become another user during a login session. Invoked without a username, su defaults to becoming the super user. The optional argument - may be used to provide an environment similar to what the user would expect had the user logged in directly. The user will be prompted for a password, if appropriate. Invalid passwords will produce an error message. All attempts, both valid and invalid, are logged to detect abuses of the system. Applications may not assume the format of prompts and anticipated input for user interaction, because they are unspecified. An optional command can be executed. This is done by the shell specified in / etc/passwd for the target user unless the -s or -m options are used. Any arguments supplied after the username will be passed to the invoked shell (shell shall support the -c command line option in order for a command to be passed to it). The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of $PATH is reset to /bin:/usr/bin for normal users, or /sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin for the super user. This may be changed with the ENV_PATH and ENV_SUPATH definitions in /etc/login.defs. When using the -m or -p options, the user's environment is not changed. A subsystem login is indicated by the presense of a "*" as the first character of the login shell. The given home directory will be used as the root of a new filesystem which the user is actually logged into. Standard Options - makes this a login shell. -c, --comand=command passes command to the invoked shell. It is passed directly to the invoked shell (using the shell's -c option), so its syntax is whatever that shell can accept. -m, -p, --preserve-environment does not reset environment variables, and keeps the same shell if it is present in /etc/shells. -s, --shell=shell uses shell instead of the default in /etc/passwd. The shell specified shall be present in /etc/shells. sync Name sync -- flush filesystem buffers Synopsis sync Description Force changed blocks to disk, update the super block. tar Name tar -- file archiver Description tar is as specified in SUSv2, but with differences as listed below. Differences Certain aspects of internationalized filename globbing are optional; see Internationalization and Pattern Matching Notation>. -h doesn't dump symlinks; dumps the files they point to. -z filters the archive through gzip. umount Name umount -- unmount file systems Synopsis umount [-hV] umount -a [-nrv] [-t vfstype] umount [-nrv] device | dir Description umount detaches the file system(s) mentioned from the file hierarchy. A file system is specified by giving the directory where it has been mounted. Standard Options -v invokes verbose mode. -n unmounts without writing in /etc/mtab. -r tries to remount read-only if unmounting fails. -a unmounts all of the file systems described in /etc/mtab except for the proc filesystem. -t vfstype indicates that the actions should only be taken on file systems of the specified type. More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with no to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken. -f forces unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system). LSB Deprecated Options The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors. -V print version and exits. useradd Name useradd -- create a new user or update default new user information Synopsis useradd [-c comment] [-d home_dir] [-g initial_group] [-G group[,...]] [-m [-k skeleton_dir]] [-p passwd] [-r] [-s shell] [-u uid [ -o]] login useradd -D [-g default_group] [-b default_home] [-s default_shell] Description When invoked without the -D option, useradd creates a new user account using the values specified on the command line and the default values from the system. The new user account will be entered into the system files as needed, the home directory will be created, and initial files copied, depending on the command line options. When invoked with the -D option, useradd will either display the current default values, or update the default values from the command line. If no options are specified, useradd displays the current default values. Standard Options -c comment specifies the new user's password file comment field value. -d home_dir creates the new user using home_dir as the value for the user's login directory. The default is to append the login name to default_home and use that as the login directory name. -g initial_group specifies the group name or number of the user's initial login group. The group name shall exist. A group number shall refer to an already existing group. If -g is not specified, the implementation will follow the normal user default for that system. This may create a new group or choose a default group that normal users are placed in. Applications which require control of the groups into which a user is placed should specify -g. -G group,[...] specifies a list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the -g option. The default is for the user to belong only to the initial group. -m [-k skeleton_dir] specifies the user's home directory will be created if it does not exist. The files contained in skeleton_dir will be copied to the home directory if the -k option is used, otherwise the files contained in /etc/skel will be used instead. Any directories contained in skeleton_dir or /etc/skel will be created in the user's home directory as well. The -k option is only valid in conjunction with the -m option. The default is to not create the directory and to not copy any files. -p passwd is the encrypted password, as returned by crypt(3). The default is to disable the account. -r creates a system account, that is, a user with a UID in the range reserved for system account users. If there is not a UID free in the reserved range the command will fail. -s shell specifies the name of the user's login shell. The default is to leave this field blank, which causes the system to select the default login shell. -u uid [-o] specifies the numerical value of the user's ID. This value shall be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value shall be non-negative. The default is the smallest ID value greater than 499 which is not yet used. Change Default Options -b default_home specifies the initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The user's name will be affixed to the end of default_home to create the new directory name if the -d option is not used when creating a new account. -g default_group specifies the group name or ID for a new user's initial group. The named group shall exist, and a numerical group ID shall have an existing entry. -s default_shell specifies the name of the new user's login shell. The named program will be used for all future new user accounts. -c comment specifies the new user's password file comment field value. Application Usage The -D option will typically be used by system administration packages. Most applications should not change defaults which will affect other applications and users. userdel Name userdel -- delete a user account and related files Synopsis userdel [-r] login Description Delete the user account named login. If there is also a group named login, this command may delete the group as well, or may leave it alone. Options -r removes files in the user's home directory along with the home directory itself. Files located in other file system will have to be searched for and deleted manually. usermod Name usermod -- modify a user account Synopsis usermod [-c comment] [-d home_dir [ -m]] [-g initial_group] [-G group[,...]] [-l login_name] [-p passwd] [-s shell] [-u uid [ -o]] login Options -c comment specifies the new value of the user's password file comment field. -d home_dir specifies the user's new login directory. If the -m option is given the contents of the current home directory will be moved to the new home directory, which is created if it does not already exist. -g initial_group specifies the group name or number of the user's new initial login group. The group name shall exist. A group number shall refer to an already existing group. -G group,[...] specifies a list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the -g option. If the user is currently a member of a group which is not listed, the user will be removed from the group. -l login_name changes the name of the user from login to login_name. Nothing else is changed. In particular, the user's home directory name should probably be changed to reflect the new login name. -p passwd is the encrypted password, as returned by crypt(3). -s shell specifies the name of the user's new login shell. Setting this field to blank causes the system to select the default login shell. -u uid [-o] specifies the numerical value of the user's ID. This value shall be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value shall be non-negative. Any files which the user owns and which are located in the directory tree rooted at the user's home directory will have the file user ID changed automatically. Files outside of the user's home directory shall be altered manually. xargs Name xargs -- build and execute command lines from standard input Description xargs is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below. Differences -E has unspecified behavior. -I has unspecified behavior. -L has unspecified behavior. V. Execution Environment Table of Contents 10. File System Hierarchy 11. Additional Recommendations 12. Additional Behaviors 13. Localization ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 10. File System Hierarchy An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the mandatory portions of the filesystem hierarchy specified in the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), together with any additional requirements made in this specification. An LSB conforming application shall conform to the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard. The FHS allows many components or subsystems to be optional. An application shall check for the existence of an optional component before using it, and should behave in a reasonable manner if the optional component is not present. The FHS requirement to locate the operating system kernel in either / or /boot does not apply if the operating system kernel does not exist as a file in the filesystem. The FHS specifies certain behaviors for a variety of commands if they are present (for example, ping or python). However, LSB applications shall not rely on any commands beyond those specified by the LSB. The mere existence of a command may not be used as an indication that the command behaves in any particular way. The following directories or links need not be present: /etc/X11 /usr/bin/X11 / usr/lib/X11 /proc ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- /dev The following shall exist under /dev. Other devices may also exist in /dev. Device names may exist as symbolic links to other device nodes located in /dev or subdirectories of /dev. There is no requirement concerning major/minor number values. /dev/null An infinite data source and data sink. Data written to this device shall be discarded. Reads from this device shall always return end-of-file (EOF). /dev/zero This device is a source of zeroed out data. All data written to this device shall be discarded. A read from this device shall always return the requested number of bytes, each initialized to the value '\0'. /dev/tty In each process, a synonym for the controlling terminal associated with the process group of that process, if any. All reads and writes to this device shall behave as if the actual controlling terminal device had been opened. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 11. Additional Recommendations Minimal granted Directory and File permissions In this Chapter "System" means an "LSB conforming implementation" and "application" means an "LSB conforming (third party vendor) application". The system shall grant to the application read and execute permissions on files needed to use all system interfaces (ABIs) required by the LSB specification. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Recommendations for applications on ownership and permissions Directory Write Permissions The application should not depend on having directory write permission outside /tmp, /var/tmp, invoking user's home directory and /var/opt/package, (where package is the name of the application package). The application should not depend on owning these directories. For these directories the application should be able to work with directory write permissions restricted by the S_ISVTXT bit (otherwise known as the "sticky bit"). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- File Write Permissions The application should not depend on file write permission on files not owned by the user it runs under with the exception of its personal inbox /var/mail/ username. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- File Read and execute Permissions The application should not depend on having read permission to every file and directory. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Suid and Sgid Permissions The application should not depend on the set user ID or set group ID (the S_ISUID or S_ISGID permissions of a file not packaged with the application. Instead, the distribution is responsible for assuming that all system commands have the required permissions and work correctly. Rationale: In order to implement common security policies it is strongly advisable for applications to use the minimum set of security attributes necessary for correct operation. Applications that require substantial appropriate privilege are likely to cause problems with such security policies. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Privileged users In general, applications should not depend on running as a privileged user. This specification uses the term "appropriate privilege" throughout to identify operations that cannot be achieved without some special granting of additional privilege. Applications that have a reason to run with appropriate privilege should outline this reason clearly in their documentation. Users of the application should be informed, that "this application demands security privileges, which could interfere with system security". The application should not contain binary-only software that requires being run with appropriate privilege, as this makes security auditing harder or even impossible. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Changing permissions The application shall not change permissions of files and directories that do not belong to its own package. Should an application require that certain files and directories not directly belonging to the package have a particular ownership, the application shall document this requirement, and may fail during installation if the permissions on these files is inappropriate. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Removable Media (Cdrom, Floppy, etc.) Applications that expect to be runnable from removable media should not depend on logging in as a privileged user, and should be prepared to deal with a restrictive environment. Examples of such restrictions could be default mount options that disable set-user/group-ID attributes, disabling block or character-special files on the medium, or remapping the user and group IDs of files away from any privileged value. Rationale: System vendors and local system administrators want to run applications from removable media, but want the possibility to control what the application can do. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Installable applications Where the installation of an application needs additional privileges, it must clearly document all files and system databases that are modified outside of those in /opt/pkg-name and /var/opt/pkg-name, other than those that may be updated by system logging or auditing activities. Without this, the local system administrator would have to blindly trust a piece of software, particularly with respect to its security. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 12. Additional Behaviors Mandatory Optional Behaviors This section specifies behaviors in which there is optional behavior in one of the standards on which the LSB relies, and where the LSB requires a specific behavior. Note: The LSB does not require the kernel to be Linux; the set of mandated options reflects current existing practice, but may be modified in future releases. LSB conforming implementations shall support the following options defined within the ISO POSIX (2003): _POSIX_FSYNC _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES _POSIX_MEMLOCK _POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE _POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING _POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE _POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS _POSIX_THREADS _XOPEN_UNIX The opendir() function shall consume a file descriptor in the same fashion as open, and therefore may fail with EMFILE or ENFILE. The START and STOP termios characters shall be changeable, as described as optional behavior in the "General Terminal Interface" section of the ISO POSIX (2003). The access() function function shall fail with errno set to EINVAL if the amode argument contains bits other than those set by the bitwise inclusive OR of R_OK, W_OK, X_OK and F_OK. The link() function shall require access to the existing file in order to succeed, as described as optional behavior in the ISO POSIX (2003). Calling unlink() on a directory shall fail. Calling link() specifying a directory as the first argument shall fail. See also unlink. Note: Linux allows rename() on a directory without having write access, but the LSB does not require this. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Requirements LSB conforming systems shall enforce certain special additional restrictions above and beyond those required by ISO POSIX (2003). Note: These additional restrictions are required in order to support the testing and certification programs associated with the LSB. In each case, these are values that defined macros must not have; conforming applications that use these values shall trigger a failure in the interface that is otherwise described as a "may fail". The fcntl() function shall treat the "cmd" value -1 as invalid. The whence value -1 shall be an invalid value for the lseek(), fseek() and fcntl() functions. The value -5 shall be an invalid signal number. If the sigaddset() or sigdelset() functions are passed an invalid signal number, they shall return with EINVAL. Implementations are only required to enforce this requirement for signal numbers which are specified to be invalid by this specification (such as the -5 mentioned above). The mode value -1 to the access() function shall be treated as invalid. A value of -1 shall be an invalid "_PC_..." value for pathconf(). A value of -1 shall be an invalid "_SC..." value for sysconf(). The nl_item value -1 shall be invalid for nl_langinfo. The value -1 shall be an invalid "_CS_..." value for confstr(). The value "z" shall be an invalid mode argument to popen(). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 13. Localization In order to install a message catalog, the installation procedure shall supply the message catalog in a format readable by the msgfmt utility, which shall be invoked to compile the message catalog into an appropriate binary format on the target system. Rationale: The original intent was to allow an application to contain the binary GNU MO format files. However, the format of these files is not officially stable, hence it is necessary to compile these catalogs on the target system. These binary catalogs may differ from architecture to architecture as well. The resulting binary message catalog shall be located in the package's private area under /opt, and the application may use bindtextdomain() to specify this location. Implementations shall support the POSIX and C locales as specified in the ISO POSIX (2003). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Regular Expressions Utilities that process regular expressions shall support Basic Regular Expressions and Extended Regular Expressions as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), with the following exceptions: Range expression (such as [a-z]) can be based on code point order instead of collating element order. Equivalence class expression (such as [=a=]) and multi-character collating element expression (such as [.ch.]) are optional. Handling of a multi-character collating element is optional. This affects at least the following utilities: grep (grep) (including egrep), sed (sed), and awk (awk). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pattern Matching Notation Utilities that perform filename pattern matching (also known as Filename Globbing) shall do it as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), Pattern Matching Notation, with the following exceptions: Pattern bracket expressions (such as [a-z]) can be based on code point order instead of collating element order. Equivalence class expression (such as [=a=]) and multi-character collating element expression (such as [.ch.]) are optional. Handling of a multi-character collating element is optional. This affects at least the following utilities: cpio (cpio), find (find), ls (ls ) and tar (tar). VI. System Initialization Table of Contents 14. System Initialization ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 14. System Initialization Cron Jobs In addition to the individual user crontab files specified by ISO POSIX (2003) stored under /var/spool/cron, the process that executes scheduled commands shall also process the following additional crontab files: /etc/crontab, /etc/ cron.d/* The installation of a package shall not modify the configuration file /etc/crontab. If a package wishes to install a job that has to be executed periodically, it shall place a file in one of the following directories: /etc/cron.daily /etc/cron.weekly /etc/cron.monthly As these directory names suggest, the files within them are executed on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, respectively, under the control of an entry in one of the system crontab files. See below for the rules concerning the names of files in these directories. It is recommended that files installed in any of these directories be scripts (e.g. shell scripts, Perl scripts, etc.) so that they may be modified by the local system administrator. The scripts in these directories should check if all necessary programs are installed before they try to execute them. Otherwise, problems will arise if a package is removed (but not purged), since the configuration files are kept on the system in this situation. If a certain job has to be executed at a different frequency (e.g. more frequently than daily), the package shall install a file /etc/cron.d/cron-name tagged as a configuration file. This file uses the same syntax as /etc/crontab and is processed by the system automatically. To avoid namespace conflicts in the /etc/cron.* directories, the filenames used by LSB-compliant packages in /etc/cron.daily, /etc/cron.weekly, /etc/ cron.monthly, or /etc/cron.d shall come from a managed namespace. These filenames may be assigned using one of the following methods: * Assigned namespace. This namespace consists of names which only use the character set [a-z0-9]. In order to avoid conflicts these cron script names shall be reserved through the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (LANANA). Information about the LANANA may be found at www.lanana.org. Commonly used names shall be reserved in advance; developers for projects should be encouraged reserve names from LANANA, so that each distribution can use the same name, and to avoid conflicts with other projects. * Hierarchical namespace. This namespace consists of script names of the form: [hier1]-[hier2]-...-[name], where name is again taken from the character set [a-z0-9], and where there may be one or more [hier-n] components. [hier1] may either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be owners' DNS name in lower case, with at least one '.'. e.g. "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com", etc. The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA shall only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9]. * Reserved namespace. This namespace consists of script names which begin with the character '_', and is reserved for distribution use only. This namespace should be used for core packages only. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Init Script Actions Init files provided by LSB applications shall accept one argument, saying what to do: start start the service stop stop the service restart stop and restart the service if the service is already running, otherwise start the service try-restart restart the service if the service is already running reload cause the configuration of the service to be reloaded without actually stopping and restarting the service force-reload cause the configuration to be reloaded if the service supports this, otherwise restart the service if it is running status print the current status of the service The start, stop, restart, force-reload, and status commands shall be supported by all init files; the reload and the try-restart options are optional. Other init script actions may be defined by the init script. Init files shall ensure that they will behave sensibly if invoked with start when the service is already running, or with stop when it isn't, and that they don't kill unfortunately-named user processes. The best way to achieve this is to use the init-script functions provided by /lib/lsb/init-functions. If a service reloads its configuration automatically (as in the case of cron, for example), the reload option of the init file shall behave as if the configuration has been reloaded successfully. The restart, try-restart, reload and force-reload action may be atomic; i.e. if a service is known not be operational after a restart or reload, the script may return an error without any further action. These executable files shall not fail obscurely when the configuration files remain but the package has been removed, as the default in [the packaging system] is to leave configuration files on the system after the package has been removed. Only when it is executed with the [purge] option will [the packaging system] remove configuration files. Therefore, you should include a test statement at the top of the file, like this: test -f program-executed-later-in-file || exit 5 or take the equivalent action if the init file is not a shell script. If the status command is given, the init script will return the following exit status codes. 0 program is running or service is OK 1 program is dead and /var/run pid file exists 2 program is dead and /var/lock lock file exists 3 program is not running 4 program or service status is unknown 5-99 reserved for future LSB use 100-149 reserved for distribution use 150-199 reserved for application use 200-254 reserved In the case of init script commands other than "status" (i.e., "start", "stop", "restart", "try-restart", "reload", and "force-reload"), the init script shall return an exit status of zero if the action described by the argument has been successful. Otherwise, the exit status shall be non-zero, as defined below. In addition to straightforward success, the following situations are also to be considered successful: * restarting a service (instead of reloading it) with the "force-reload" argument * running "start" on a service already running * running "stop" on a service already stopped or not running * running "restart" on a service already stopped or not running * running "try-restart" on a service already stopped or not running In case of an error, while processing any init script action except for "status", the init script shall print an error message and return one of the following non-zero exit status codes. 1 generic or unspecified error (current practice) 2 invalid or excess argument(s) 3 unimplemented feature (for example, "reload") 4 user had insufficient privilege 5 program is not installed 6 program is not configured 7 program is not running 8-99 reserved for future LSB use 100-149 reserved for distribution use 150-199 reserved for application use 200-254 reserved Error and status messages should be printed with the logging functions such as log_failure_msg and so on. Scripts may write to standard error or standard output, but implementations need not present text written to standard error/ output to the user or do anything else with it. Since init files may be run manually by a system administrator with non-standard environment variable values for PATH, USER, LOGNAME, etc. init files shall not depend on the values of these environment variables. They should set them to some known/default values if they are needed. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Comment Conventions for Init Scripts LSB applications which need to execute script(s) at bootup and/or shutdown may provide one or more init.d files. These files are installed by the install_initd program described below, which copies it into a standard directory and makes whatever other adjustments (creation of symlinks, creation of entries in a database, etc.) are necessary so that the script can be run at boot-time. [2] In the init.d file, information about the shell script shall be delimited by the lines "### BEGIN INIT INFO" and "### END INIT INFO". These delimiter lines may containg trailing whitespace, which shall be ignored. Inside this block there shall be lines of the form "# {keyword}: [arg1] [arg2] ...". (All lines inside this block start with a hash ('#') character in the first column, so that shell treats them as comments.) There shall be exactly one space character between "#" and the keyword.[3] The following keywords, with their arguments are defined in this specification: # Provides: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...] # Required-Start: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...] # Required-Stop: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...] # Should-Start: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...] # Should-Stop: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...] # Default-Start: run_level_1 [ run_level_2 ...] # Default-Stop: run_level_1 [ run_level_2 ...] # Short-Description: short_description # Description: multiline_description Additional keywords may be defined in future LSB specifications. Distributions may define local extensions by using the prefix "X-[distribution name]" --- for example, "X-RedHat-foobardecl", or "X-Debian-xyzzydecl". An init.d shell script may declare using the "Required-Start: " header that it shall not be run until certain boot facilities are provided. This information is used by the installation tool or the boot-time boot-script execution facility to assure that init scripts are run in the correct order. When an init script is run with a "start" argument, the boot facility or facilities specified in the "Provides" header shall be considered present, and hence init scripts which require those boot facilities would then be eligble to be run. When an init script is run with a "stop" argument, the boot facilities specified in the "Provides" header are considered no longer present. There are naming conventions for boot facilities and system facilities, as described in a following section. Similarly, the "Required-Stop:" header defines which facilities shall still be available during the shutdown of that service. Hence, the init script system should avoid stopping shell scripts which provide those facilities until this shell script is stopped. The "Should-Start:" header defines which facilities if present should be started before this service. This allows for weak dependencies which do not cause the service to fail if a facility is not available. But may cause reduced functionality of the service. Compliant applications should not rely on the existence of this feature. The "Should-Stop:" header defines which facilities should be still available during the shutdown of that service. The "Default-Start" and "Default-Stop" headers define which run levels should by default run the script with a start or stop argument, respectively, to start or stop the services controlled by the init script. [4] The "Short-Description" and "Description" header fields are used to provide text which describes the actions of the init script. The "short_description" shall be a relatively short, pithy description of the init script, where as the "multiline_description" can be a much longer piece of text that may span mulitple lines. In a multiline description, each continuation line shall begin with a '#' followed by tab character or a '#' followed by at least two space characters. The multiline description is terminated by the first line that does not match this criteria. The comment conventions described in this session are only required for use by LSB-compliant applications; system init scripts as provided by LSB-compliant run-time environments are not required to use the scheme outlined here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Installation and Removal of init.d Files An init.d file is installed in /etc/init.d (which may be a symlink to another location). This can be done by the package installer. See Script Names>. During the package's postinstall script, the program "/usr/lib/lsb/install_initd" configures the distribution's boot script system to call the package's init.d file at the appropriate time. [5] The install_initd program takes a single argument, the pathname to the /etc/ init.d file. For example: /usr/lib/lsb/install_initd /etc/init.d/example.com-coffeed The install_initd program shall return an exit status of zero if the init.d file has been successfully installed or if the the init.d file was already installed. If the required boot facilities cannot be fulfilled an exit status of one shall be returned and the init.d file shall not be installed. When a software package is removed, the package's preuninstall script shall call /usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd and pass the pathname to the /etc/init.d file. The package manager is still responsible for removing the /etc/init.d file; the remove_initd program is provided in case the distribution needs to clean up any other modifications in the distribution's boot script system that might have been made by the install_initd program. For example: /usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd /etc/init.d/example.com-coffeed The remove_initd program shall return an exit status of zero if the init.d file has been successfully removed or if the the init.d file is not installed. If another init.d file which depends on a boot facility provided by this init.d file is installed, an exit status of one shall be returned and the init.d file shall remained installed. There should be a tool available to the user (e.g., RedHat's chkconfig) which can be used by the system administrator to easily manipulate at which init levels a particular init.d script is started or stopped. This specification currently does not specify such an interface, however. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Run Levels The following run levels are specified for use by the "Default-Start:" and "Default-Stop:" specifiers as defined by the section Comment Conventions for Init Scripts>. Many LSB run-time environments commonly use these run level definitions, and in the absence of other considerations, providers of run-time environments are strongly encouraged to follow this convention to provide consistency for system administrators who need to work with multiple distributions. However, it is not required that LSB-compliant run-time environments use these run levels; the distribution-provided install_initd script may map the run levels specified below to whatever distribution-specified run levels are most appropriate. 0 halt 1 single user mode 2 multiuser with no network services exported 3 normal/full multiuser 4 reserved for local use, default is normal/full multiuser 5 multiuser with xdm or equivalent 6 reboot ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Facility Names Boot facilities are used to indicate dependencies in init scripts, as defined in a previous section. Facility names that begin with a dollar sign ('$') are system facility names, defined by the LSB, and SHALL be provided by distributions. [6] LSB applications shall not provide facilities that begin with a dollar sign. This document defines the following facility names: $local_fs all local filesystems are mounted $network low level networking (ethernet card; may imply PCMCIA running) $named daemons which may provide hostname resolution (if present) are running[7] $portmap daemons providing SunRPC/ONCRPC portmapping service[8] (if present) are running $remote_fs all remote filesystems are mounted[9]. $syslog system logger is operational $time the system time has been set [10] Other (non-system) facilities may be defined by other LSB applications. These facilities shall be named using the same conventions defined for naming init.d script names. Commonly, the facility provided by an LSB application init.d script will have the same name as the name assigned to the init.d script. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Script Names Since the init.d scripts shall live in a single directory, they shall come from a single namespace. Three means of assigning names from this namespace are available: * Assigned namespace. This namespace consists of names which only use the character set [a-z0-9]. This space is desirable for scripts which system administrators may often wish to run manually: e.g., "/etc/init.d/named restart" In order to avoid conflicts these init.d names shall be reserved through the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (LANANA). Information about the LANANA may be found at www.lanana.org. Commonly used names shall be reserved in advance; developers for projects should be encouraged to reserve names from LANANA, so that each distribution can use the same name, and to avoid conflicts with other projects. * Hierarchical namespace. This namespace consists of scripts names which look like this: [hier1]-[hier2]-...-[name], where name is again taken the character set [a-z0-9], and where there may be one or more [hier-n] components. [hier1] may either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be owners' DNS name in lower case, with at least one '.' (e.g., "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com"). The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA shall only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9]. * Reserved namespace. This namespace consists of script names which begin with the character '_', and is reserved for distribution use only. This namespace should be used for core packages only, and in general use of this namespace is highly discouraged. In general, if a package or some system function is likely to be used on multiple systems, the package developers or the distribution SHOULD get a registered name through LANANA, and distributions should strive to use the same name whenever possible. For applications which may not be "core" or may not be commonly installed, the hierarchical namespace may be more appropriate. An advantage to the hierarchical namespace is that there is no need to consult with the LANANA before obtaining an assigned name. Short names are highly desirable, since many system administrators like to use them to manually start and stop services. Given this, they should be standardized on a per-package basis. This is the rationale behind having a LANANA organization to assign these names. The LANANA may be called upon to handle other namespace issues, such as package/prerequisites naming (which is essential to making prerequisites to work correctly). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Init Script Functions Each LSB-compliant init.d script shall source the file /lib/lsb/init-functions. This file shall cause the following shell script commands to be defined. This can be done either by adding a directory to the PATH variable which defines these commands, or by defining sh aliases. While the distribution-provided aliases may choose to use shell extensions (at the distribution's option), the LSB init.d files themselves should only depend in shell features as defined by the LSB. The start_daemon, killproc and pidofproc functions shall use this algorithm for determining the status and the pid(s) of the specified program. They shall read the pidfile specified or otherwise /var/run/basename.pid and use the pid(s) herein when determining whether a program is running. The method used to determine the status is implementation defined, but should allow for non-binary programs. [11] Compliant implementations may use other mechanisms besides those based on pidfiles, unless the -p pidfile option has been used. Compliant applications should not rely on such mechanisms and should always use a pidfile. When a program is stopped, it should delete its pidfile. Multiple pid (s) shall be separated by a single space in the pidfile and in the output of pidofproc. This runs the specified program as a daemon. start_daemon shall start_daemon check if the program is already running using the algorithm [-f] [-n given above. If so, it shall not start another copy of the nicelevel] [-p daemon unless the -f option is given. The -n option specifies a pidfile] nice level. See nice(1). start_daemon should return the LSB pathname [args] defined exit status codes. It shall return 0 if the program has been successfully started or is running and not 0 otherwise. This stops the specified program. The program is found using the algorithm given above. If a signal is specified, using the -signal_name or -signal_number syntaxes as specified by the kill command, the program is sent that signal. Otherwise, a killproc [-p SIGTERM followed by a SIGKILL after some number of seconds pidfile] shall be sent. If a program has been terminated, the pidfile pathname should be removed if the terminated process has not already [signal] done so. Compliant applications may use the basename instead of the pathname. killproc should return the LSB defined exit status codes. If called without a signal, it shall return 0 if the program has been stopped or is not running and not 0 otherwise. If a signal is given, it shall return 0 only if the program is running. This function returns one or more pid(s) for a particular pidofproc [-p daemon using the algorithm given above. Only pids of running pidfile] processes should be returned. Compliant applications may use pathname the basename instead of the pathname. pidofproc should return the LSB defined exit status codes for "status". It shall return 0 if the program is running and not 0 otherwise. log_success_msg This requests the distribution to print a success message. The "message" message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable. log_failure_msg This requests the distribution to print a failure message. The "message" message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable. log_warning_msg This requests the distribution to print a warning message. The "message" message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable. VII. Users & Groups Table of Contents 15. Users & Groups ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 15. Users & Groups User and Group Database The format of the User and Group databases is not specified. Programs may only read these databases using the provided API. Changes to these databases should be made using the provided commands. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- User & Group Names Below is a table of required mnemonic user and group names. This specification makes no attempt to numerically assign uid or gid numbers. The exception is the uid and gid for "root" which are equal to 0. Table 15-1. Required User & Group Names +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ |User |Group |Comments | |---------+---------+---------------------------------------------------------| |root |root |Administrative user with all appropriate privileges | |---------+---------+---------------------------------------------------------| |bin |bin |Legacy UID/GID[a] | |---------+---------+---------------------------------------------------------| |daemon |daemon |Legacy UID/GID[b] | |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------| |Notes: | |a. The 'bin' UID/GID is included for compatibility with legacy applications. | |New applications should no longer use the 'bin' UID/GID. | |b. The 'daemon' UID/GID was used as an unprivileged UID/GID for daemons to | |execute under in order to limit their access to the system. Generally daemons| |should now run under individual UID/GIDs in order to further partition | |daemons from one another. | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Below is a table of optional mnemonic user and group names. This specification makes no attempt to numerically assign uid or gid numbers. If the username exists on a system, then they should be in the suggested corresponding group. These user and group names are for use by distributions, not by applications. Table 15-2. Optional User & Group Names +---------------------------------------------------+ |User |Group |Comments | |--------+--------+---------------------------------| |adm |adm |Administrative special privileges| |--------+--------+---------------------------------| |lp |lp |Printer special privileges | |--------+--------+---------------------------------| |sync |sync |Login to sync the system | |--------+--------+---------------------------------| |shutdown|shutdown|Login to shutdown the system | |--------+--------+---------------------------------| |halt |halt |Login to halt the system | |--------+--------+---------------------------------| |mail |mail |Mail special privileges | |--------+--------+---------------------------------| |news |news |News special privileges | |--------+--------+---------------------------------| |uucp |uucp |UUCP special privileges | |--------+--------+---------------------------------| |operator|root |Operator special privileges | |--------+--------+---------------------------------| |man |man |Man special privileges | |--------+--------+---------------------------------| |nobody |nobody |Used by NFS | +---------------------------------------------------+ The differences in numeric values of the uids and gids between systems on a network can be reconciled via NIS, rdist(1), rsync(1), or ugidd(8). Only a minimum working set of "user names" and their corresponding "user groups" are required. Applications cannot assume non system user or group names will be defined. Applications cannot assume any policy for the default umask or the default directory permissions a user may have. Applications should enforce user only file permissions on private files such as mailboxes. The location of the users home directory is also not defined by policy other than the recommendations of the FHS and shall be obtained by the *pwnam(3) calls. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UID Ranges The system UIDs from 0 to 99 should be statically allocated by the system, and shall not be created by applications. The system UIDs from 100 to 499 should be reserved for dynamic allocation by system administrators and post install scripts using useradd(1). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rationale The purpose of specifying optional users and groups is to reduce the potential for name conflicts between applications and distributions. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License Version 1.1, March 2000 Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections entitled "Endorsements." ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- How to use this License for your documents To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and /or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. Notes [1] Future versions of this specification might define additional service names. [2] This specification does not require, but is designed to allow, the development of a system which runs boot scripts in parallel. Hence, enforced-serialization of scripts is avoided unless it is explicitly necessary. [3] More than one space, or a tab character, indicates the continuation line. [4] For example, if you want a service to run in runlevels 3, 4, and 5 (only), specify "Default-Start: 3 4 5" and "Default-Stop: 0 1 2 6". [5] For example, install_initd might create symbolic links in /etc/rc2.d and other such directories which point to the files in /etc/init.d (or it might update a database, or some other mechanism). The init.d files themselves should already be in /etc/init.d before running install_initd. [6] The dollar sign does not indicate variable expansion as in many Linux utilities. Starting a facility name with a dollar sign is merely a way of dividing the namespace between the system and applications. [7] For example, daemons to query DNS, NIS+, or LDAP [8] as defined in RFC 1833 [9] In some LSB run-time environments, filesystems such as /usr may be remote. Many applications that require $local_fs will probably require also require $remote_fs [10] i.e., using a network-based time program such as ntp or rdate, or via the hardware Real Time Clock [11] This note is only informative. Commonly used methods check either for the existence of the /proc/pid directory or use /proc/pid/exe and /proc/pid/ cmdline. Relying only on /proc/pid/exe is discouraged since this results in a not-running status for daemons that are written in a script language.